updated for version 7.4.348

Problem:    When using "J1" in 'cinoptions' a line below a continuation line
            gets too much indent.
Solution:   Fix parenthesis in condition.

.gitignore

@@ -36,6 +36,18 @@ src/Obj*/pathdef.c
 gvimext.dll
 gvimext.lib
 
+# Borland C++
+bcc.cfg
+*.ilc
+*.ild
+*.ilf
+*.ils
+*.map
+*.tds
+
+# NetBeans
+nbproject/*
+
 # Mac OSX
 src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
 
@@ -46,6 +58,7 @@ src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
 *.swp
 *~
 *.pyc
+*.log
 src/po/vim.pot
 
 # Generated by "make test"

Filelist

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 
 # source files for all source archives
 SRC_ALL =	\
+		.hgignore \
 		src/README.txt \
 		src/arabic.c \
 		src/arabic.h \
@@ -80,10 +81,15 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/main.aap \
 		src/testdir/main.aap \
 		src/testdir/*.in \
+		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
+		src/testdir/test[0-9]*a.ok \
+		src/testdir/test_[a-z]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test60.vim \
 		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
+		src/testdir/test77a.com \
+		src/testdir/test_*.vim \
 		src/testdir/python2/*.py \
 		src/testdir/python3/*.py \
 		src/testdir/pythonx/*.py \

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscript.vim
 "  Author:	Charles E. Campbell
-"  Date:	Apr 17, 2013
-"  Version:	35
+"  Date:	Jan 21, 2014
+"  Version:	36
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v35"
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v36"
 if &cp
  echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
  finish
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
   let lastline    = line("$")
 "  call Decho("lastline#".lastline)
   let firstdir    = substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
-  let plugins     = split(globpath(firstdir,"plugin/*.vim"),'\n')
-  let plugins     = plugins + split(globpath(firstdir,"AsNeeded/*.vim"),'\n')
+  let plugins     = split(globpath(firstdir,"plugin/**/*.vim"),'\n')
+  let plugins     = plugins + split(globpath(firstdir,"AsNeeded/**/*.vim"),'\n')
   let foundscript = 0
 
   " this loop updates the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file

runtime/autoload/htmlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,49 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	HTML and XHTML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2011 Apr 28
+" Last Change:	2014 Jun 20
+
+" Distinguish between HTML versions.
+" To use with other HTML versions add another "elseif" condition to match
+" proper DOCTYPE.
+function! htmlcomplete#DetectOmniFlavor()
+  if &filetype == 'xhtml'
+    let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10s'
+  else
+    let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401t'
+  endif
+  let i = 1
+  let line = ""
+  while i < 10 && i < line("$")
+    let line = getline(i)
+    if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '
+      break
+    endif
+    let i += 1
+  endwhile
+  if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '  " doctype line found above
+    if line =~ ' HTML 3\.2'
+      let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html32'
+    elseif line =~ ' XHTML 1\.1'
+      let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml11'
+    else    " two-step detection with strict/frameset/transitional
+      if line =~ ' XHTML 1\.0'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10'
+      elseif line =~ ' HTML 4\.01'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401'
+      elseif line =~ ' HTML 4.0\>'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html40'
+      endif
+      if line =~ '\<Transitional\>'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor .= 't'
+      elseif line =~ '\<Frameset\>'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor .= 'f'
+      else
+	let b:html_omni_flavor .= 's'
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunction
 
 function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
   if a:findstart

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		May 03, 2013
+" Date:		Aug 27, 2013
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	14a	ASTRO-ONLY
+" Version:	14
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v14a"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v14"
 if v:version < 700
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -98,6 +98,11 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
 
   put = ''
   put ='+ Netrw Browser Control'
+  if exists("g:netrw_altfile")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_altfile   = '.g:netrw_altfile
+  else
+   put = 'let g:netrw_altfile   = 0'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_alto              = '.g:netrw_alto
   put = 'let g:netrw_altv              = '.g:netrw_altv
   put = 'let g:netrw_banner            = '.g:netrw_banner

runtime/autoload/netrw_gitignore.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+" netrw_gitignore#Hide: gitignore-based hiding
+"  Function returns a string of comma separated patterns convenient for
+"  assignment to `g:netrw_list_hide` option.
+"  Function can take additional filenames as arguments, example:
+"  netrw_gitignore#Hide('custom_gitignore1', 'custom_gitignore2')
+"
+" Usage examples:
+"  let g:netrw_list_hide = netrw_gitignore#Hide()
+"  let g:netrw_list_hide = netrw_gitignore#Hide() . 'more,hide,patterns'
+"
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2013 Bruno Sutic {{{1
+"               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
+"               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
+"               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
+"               netrw_gitignore.vim is provided *as is* and comes with no
+"               warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. By using
+"               this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+"               holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use
+"               of this software.
+function! netrw_gitignore#Hide(...)
+  let additional_files = a:000
+
+  let default_files = ['.gitignore', '.git/info/exclude']
+
+  " get existing global/system gitignore files
+  let global_gitignore = expand(substitute(system("git config --global core.excludesfile"), '\n', '', 'g'))
+  if global_gitignore !=# ''
+    let default_files = add(default_files, global_gitignore)
+  endif
+  let system_gitignore = expand(substitute(system("git config --system core.excludesfile"), '\n', '', 'g'))
+  if system_gitignore !=# ''
+    let default_files = add(default_files, system_gitignore)
+  endif
+
+  " append additional files if given as function arguments
+  if additional_files !=# []
+    let files = extend(default_files, additional_files)
+  else
+    let files = default_files
+  endif
+
+  " keep only existing/readable files
+  let gitignore_files = []
+  for file in files
+    if filereadable(file)
+      let gitignore_files = add(gitignore_files, file)
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  " get contents of gitignore patterns from those files
+  let gitignore_lines = []
+  for file in gitignore_files
+    for line in readfile(file)
+      " filter empty lines and comments
+      if line !~# '^#' && line !~# '^$'
+        let gitignore_lines = add(gitignore_lines, line)
+      endif
+    endfor
+  endfor
+
+  " convert gitignore patterns to Netrw/Vim regex patterns
+  let escaped_lines = []
+  for line in gitignore_lines
+    let escaped       = line
+    let escaped       = substitute(escaped, '\.', '\\.', 'g')
+    let escaped       = substitute(escaped, '*', '.*', 'g')
+    let escaped_lines = add(escaped_lines, escaped)
+  endfor
+
+  return join(escaped_lines, ',')
+endfunction

runtime/colors/README.txt

@@ -36,6 +36,14 @@ Some attributes (e.g., bold) might be set in the defaults that you want
 removed in your color scheme.  Use something like "gui=NONE" to remove the
 attributes.
 
+In case you want to set 'background' depending on the colorscheme selected,
+this autocmd might be useful:
+     autocmd SourcePre */colors/blue_sky.vim set background=dark
+Replace "blue_sky" with the name of the colorscheme.
+
+In case you want to tweak a colorscheme after it was loaded, check out that
+ColorScheme autocmd event.
+
 To see which highlight group is used where, find the help for
 "highlight-groups" and "group-name".
 

runtime/colors/delek.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " Vim color file
-" Maintainer:	David Schweikert <dws@ee.ethz.ch>
-" Last Change:	2006 Apr 30
+" Maintainer:	David Schweikert <david@schweikert.ch>
+" Last Change:	2014 Mar 19
 
 hi clear
 
-let colors_name = "delek"
+let g:colors_name = "delek"
 
 " Normal should come first
 hi Normal     guifg=Black  guibg=White
@@ -28,7 +28,11 @@ hi NonText    ctermfg=Blue	   gui=bold guifg=gray guibg=white
 hi Pmenu      guibg=LightBlue
 hi PmenuSel   ctermfg=White	   ctermbg=DarkBlue  guifg=White  guibg=DarkBlue
 hi Question   ctermfg=DarkGreen    gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen
-hi Search     ctermfg=NONE	   ctermbg=Yellow guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE
+if &background == "light"
+    hi Search     ctermfg=NONE	   ctermbg=Yellow guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE
+else
+    hi Search     ctermfg=Black	   ctermbg=Yellow guibg=Yellow guifg=Black
+endif
 hi SpecialKey ctermfg=DarkBlue	   guifg=Blue
 hi StatusLine cterm=bold	   ctermbg=blue ctermfg=yellow guibg=gold guifg=blue
 hi StatusLineNC	cterm=bold	   ctermbg=blue ctermfg=black  guibg=gold guifg=blue

runtime/colors/industry.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+" Vim color file
+" Maintainer:	Shian Lee 
+" Last Change:	2014 Mar 6 (for vim 7.4)
+" Remark:	"industry" stands for 'industrial' color scheme. In industrial
+"		HMI (Human-Machine-Interface) programming, using a standard color
+"               scheme is mandatory in many cases (in traffic-lights for example): 
+"               LIGHT_RED is	    'Warning' 
+"               LIGHT_YELLOW is	    'Attention' 
+"               LIGHT_GREEN is	    'Normal' 
+"               LIGHT_MAGENTA is    'Warning-Attention' (light RED-YELLOW)
+"               LIGHT_CYAN is	    'Attention-Normal'  (light YELLOW-GREEN).
+"               BLACK is	    Dark-High-Contrast Background for maximum safety.
+"               BLUE is		    Shade of BLACK (not supposed to get attention).
+"
+"               Industrial color scheme is by nature clear, safe and productive. 
+"               Yet, depends on the file type's syntax, it might appear incorrect. 
+
+" Reset to dark background, then reset everything to defaults:
+set background=dark
+highlight clear
+if exists("syntax_on")
+    syntax reset
+endif
+
+let colors_name = "industry"
+
+" First set Normal to regular white on black text colors:
+hi Normal ctermfg=LightGray ctermbg=Black guifg=#dddddd	guibg=Black
+
+" Syntax highlighting (other color-groups using default, see :help group-name):
+hi Comment    cterm=NONE ctermfg=DarkCyan    	gui=NONE guifg=#00aaaa   	 
+hi Constant   cterm=NONE ctermfg=LightCyan   	gui=NONE guifg=#00ffff   	
+hi Identifier cterm=NONE ctermfg=LightMagenta   gui=NONE guifg=#ff00ff   
+hi Function   cterm=NONE ctermfg=LightGreen   	gui=NONE guifg=#00ff00   	
+hi Statement  cterm=NONE ctermfg=White	     	gui=bold guifg=#ffffff	     	
+hi PreProc    cterm=NONE ctermfg=Yellow		gui=NONE guifg=#ffff00 	
+hi Type	      cterm=NONE ctermfg=LightGreen	gui=bold guifg=#00ff00 		
+hi Special    cterm=NONE ctermfg=LightRed    	gui=NONE guifg=#ff0000    	
+hi Delimiter  cterm=NONE ctermfg=Yellow    	gui=NONE guifg=#ffff00    	
+

runtime/compiler/gcc.vim

@@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
       \%f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
       \%f:%l:\ %m,
       \\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l%*\\D%c%*[^\ ]\ %m,
-      \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ `%f',
-      \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ `%f',
-      \%D%*\\a:\ Entering\ directory\ `%f',
-      \%X%*\\a:\ Leaving\ directory\ `%f',
+      \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ [`']%f',
+      \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ [`']%f',
+      \%D%*\\a:\ Entering\ directory\ [`']%f',
+      \%X%*\\a:\ Leaving\ directory\ [`']%f',
       \%DMaking\ %*\\a\ in\ %f
 
 if exists('g:compiler_gcc_ignore_unmatched_lines')

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 04
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -304,6 +304,9 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |InsertCharPre|		when a character was typed in Insert mode, before
 			inserting it
 
+|TextChanged|		after a change was made to the text in Normal mode
+|TextChangedI|		after a change was made to the text in Insert mode
+
 |ColorScheme|		after loading a color scheme
 
 |RemoteReply|		a reply from a server Vim was received
@@ -480,6 +483,12 @@ CmdwinLeave			Before leaving the command-line window.
 				|cmdwin-char|
 							*ColorScheme*
 ColorScheme			After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
+				The pattern is matched against the
+				colorscheme name. <afile> can be used for the
+				name of the actual file where this option was
+				set, and <amatch> for the new colorscheme
+				name.
+
 
 							*CompleteDone*
 CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
@@ -553,11 +562,15 @@ FileChangedRO			Before making the first change to a read-only
 				It is not allowed to change to another buffer
 				here.  You can reload the buffer but not edit
 				another one.
+							*E881*
+				If the number of lines changes saving for undo
+				may fail and the change will be aborted.
 							*FileChangedShell*
 FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 				a file has changed since editing started.
 				Also when the file attributes of the file
-				change. |timestamp|
+				change or when the size of the file changes.
+				|timestamp|
 				Mostly triggered after executing a shell
 				command, but also with a |:checktime| command
 				or when Gvim regains input focus.
@@ -731,7 +744,7 @@ QuickFixCmdPost			Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
 				command is run, before jumping to the first
 				location. For |:cfile| and |:lfile| commands
 				it is run after error file is read and before
-				moving to the first error. 
+				moving to the first error.
 				See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
 							*QuitPre*
 QuitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` or `:qall`, before

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 25
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -156,6 +156,9 @@ only after a '.').
 The 'B' and 'M' flags in 'formatoptions' change the behavior for inserting
 spaces before and after a multi-byte character |fo-table|.
 
+The '[ mark is set at the end of the first line that was joined, '] at the end
+of the resulting line.
+
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Delete and insert				*delete-insert* *replacing*
@@ -475,8 +478,8 @@ If the 'shiftround' option is on, the indent is rounded to a multiple of
 'shiftwidth'.
 
 If the 'smartindent' option is on, or 'cindent' is on and 'cinkeys' contains
-'#', shift right does not affect lines starting with '#' (these are supposed
-to be C preprocessor lines that must stay in column 1).
+'#' with a zero value, shift right does not affect lines starting with '#'
+(these are supposed to be C preprocessor lines that must stay in column 1).
 
 When the 'expandtab' option is off (this is the default) Vim uses <Tab>s as
 much as possible to make the indent.  You can use ">><<" to replace an indent
@@ -824,7 +827,7 @@ either the first or second pattern in parentheses did not match, so either
 <
 
 Substitute with an expression			*sub-replace-expression*
-						*sub-replace-\=*
+						*sub-replace-\=* *s/\=*
 When the substitute string starts with "\=" the remainder is interpreted as an
 expression.  This does not work recursively: a |substitute()| function inside
 the expression cannot use "\=" for the substitute string.
@@ -1647,7 +1650,7 @@ And a few warnings:
 7. Sorting text						*sorting*
 
 Vim has a sorting function and a sorting command.  The sorting function can be
-found here: |sort()|.
+found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 
 							*:sor* *:sort*
 :[range]sor[t][!] [i][u][r][n][x][o] [/{pattern}/]

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Mar 16
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -356,6 +356,10 @@ terminals)
 		List the recent five entries from all histories: >
 			:history all -5,
 
+:keepp[atterns] {command}			*:keepp* *:keeppatterns*
+		Execute {command}, without adding anything to the search
+		history
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Command-line completion				*cmdline-completion*
 
@@ -754,6 +758,7 @@ characters have a special meaning.  These can also be used in the expression
 function expand() |expand()|.
 	%	Is replaced with the current file name.		  *:_%* *c_%*
 	#	Is replaced with the alternate file name.	  *:_#* *c_#*
+		This is remembered for every window.
 	#n	(where n is a number) is replaced with		  *:_#0* *:_#n*
 		the file name of buffer n.  "#0" is the same as "#".     *c_#n*
 	##	Is replaced with all names in the argument list	  *:_##* *c_##*
@@ -819,8 +824,8 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   the start of the function.
 
 							 *filename-modifiers*
-	 *:_%:* *::8* *::p* *::.* *::~* *::h* *::t* *::r* *::e* *::s* *::gs*
-	        *%:8* *%:p* *%:.* *%:~* *%:h* *%:t* *%:r* *%:e* *%:s* *%:gs*
+*:_%:* *::8* *::p* *::.* *::~* *::h* *::t* *::r* *::e* *::s* *::gs* *::S*
+     *%:8* *%:p* *%:.* *%:~* *%:h* *%:t* *%:r* *%:e* *%:s* *%:gs* *%:S*
 The file name modifiers can be used after "%", "#", "#n", "<cfile>", "<sfile>",
 "<afile>" or "<abuf>".  They are also used with the |fnamemodify()| function.
 These are not available when Vim has been compiled without the |+modify_fname|
@@ -875,6 +880,10 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 	:gs?pat?sub?
 		Substitute all occurrences of "pat" with "sub".  Otherwise
 		this works like ":s".
+	:S	Escape special characters for use with a shell command (see 
+		|shellescape()|). Must be the last one. Examples: >
+		    :!dir <cfile>:S
+		    :call system('chmod +w -- ' . expand('%:S'))
 
 Examples, when the file name is "src/version.c", current dir
 "/home/mool/vim": >

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Apr 27
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ code.
 
 Vim is open source software.  Everybody is encouraged to contribute to help
 improving Vim.  For sending patches a context diff "diff -c" is preferred.
-Also see http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=618.
 Also see http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/How_to_make_and_submit_a_patch.
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Sep 20
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ While already in Vim you can start diff mode in three ways.
 :difft[his]	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
 		the options like for "vimdiff".
 
-:diffp[atch] {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
+:diffp[atch] {patchfile}			 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
 		Use the current buffer, patch it with the diff found in
 		{patchfile} and open a buffer on the result.  The options are
 		set as for "vimdiff".

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2011 Jan 15
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ a standard meaning:
 	Two			2	Hook
 	Nine			9	Horn
 
-	Equals			=	Cyrillic
+	Equals			=	Cyrillic (= used as second char) 
 	Asterisk		*	Greek
 	Percent sign		%	Greek/Cyrillic special
 	Plus			+	smalls: Arabic, capitals: Hebrew
@@ -170,6 +170,11 @@ used for the currency sign, and latin9 (iso-8859-15), where the digraph =e is
 used for the euro sign, while both of them are the character 164, 0xa4.  For
 compatibility with zsh Eu can also be used for the euro sign.
 
+ROUBLE
+
+The rouble sign was added in 2014 as 0x20bd.  Vim supports the digraphs =R and
+=P for this.  Note that R= and P= are other characters.
+
 							*digraph-table*
 char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ^@	NU	0x00	  0	NULL (NUL)
@@ -966,6 +971,8 @@ char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ₧	Pt	20A7	8359	PESETA SIGN
 ₩	W=	20A9	8361	WON SIGN
 €	Eu	20AC	8364	EURO SIGN
+₽	=R	20BD	8381	ROUBLE SIGN
+₽	=P	20BD	8381	ROUBLE SIGN
 ℃	oC	2103	8451	DEGREE CELSIUS
 ℅	co	2105	8453	CARE OF
 ℉	oF	2109	8457	DEGREE FAHRENHEIT
@@ -1077,7 +1084,7 @@ char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ⊥	-T	22A5	8869	UP TACK
 ⋅	.P	22C5	8901	DOT OPERATOR
 ⋮	:3	22EE	8942	VERTICAL ELLIPSIS
-⋯       .3      22EF    8943    MIDLINE HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS
+⋯	.3	22EF	8943	MIDLINE HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS
 ⌂	Eh	2302	8962	HOUSE
 ⌈	<7	2308	8968	LEFT CEILING
 ⌉	>7	2309	8969	RIGHT CEILING

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 03
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ If there already was a current file name, then that one becomes the alternate
 file name.  It can be used with "#" on the command line |:_#| and you can use
 the |CTRL-^| command to toggle between the current and the alternate file.
 However, the alternate file name is not changed when |:keepalt| is used.
+An alternate file name is remembered for each window.
 
 							*:keepalt* *:keepa*
 :keepalt {cmd}		Execute {cmd} while keeping the current alternate file
@@ -1468,14 +1469,15 @@ Notes:
 ==============================================================================
 10. Timestamps					*timestamp* *timestamps*
 
-Vim remembers the modification timestamp of a file when you begin editing it.
-This is used to avoid that you have two different versions of the same file
-(without you knowing this).
+Vim remembers the modification timestamp, mode and size of a file when you
+begin editing it.  This is used to avoid that you have two different versions
+of the same file (without you knowing this).
 
-After a shell command is run (|:!cmd| |suspend| |:read!| |K|) timestamps are
-compared for all buffers in a window.   Vim will run any associated
-|FileChangedShell| autocommands or display a warning for any files that have
-changed.  In the GUI this happens when Vim regains input focus.
+After a shell command is run (|:!cmd| |suspend| |:read!| |K|) timestamps,
+file modes and file sizes are compared for all buffers in a window.   Vim will
+run any associated |FileChangedShell| autocommands or display a warning for
+any files that have changed.  In the GUI this happens when Vim regains input
+focus.
 
 							*E321* *E462*
 If you want to automatically reload a file when it has been changed outside of

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 24
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ arguments: >
 
 
 1.3 Lists ~
-							*List* *Lists* *E686*
+						*list* *List* *Lists* *E686*
 A List is an ordered sequence of items.  An item can be of any type.  Items
 can be accessed by their index number.	Items can be added and removed at any
 position in the sequence.
@@ -327,6 +327,7 @@ examples: >
 Changing the order of items in a list: >
 	:call sort(list)		" sort a list alphabetically
 	:call reverse(list)		" reverse the order of items
+	:call uniq(sort(list))		" sort and remove duplicates
 
 
 For loop ~
@@ -393,7 +394,7 @@ example, to add up all the numbers in a list: >
 
 
 1.4 Dictionaries ~
-						*Dictionaries* *Dictionary*
+					*dict* *Dictionaries* *Dictionary*
 A Dictionary is an associative array: Each entry has a key and a value.  The
 entry can be located with the key.  The entries are stored without a specific
 ordering.
@@ -1004,7 +1005,7 @@ function.  Example: >
 
 
 
-string							*expr-string* *E114*
+string						*string* *expr-string* *E114*
 ------
 "string"		string constant		*expr-quote*
 
@@ -1143,7 +1144,7 @@ specified by what is prepended:
 |local-variable|     l:	  Local to a function.
 |script-variable|    s:	  Local to a |:source|'ed Vim script.
 |function-argument|  a:	  Function argument (only inside a function).
-|vim-variable|	     v:	  Global, predefined by Vim.
+|vim-variable|       v:	  Global, predefined by Vim.
 
 The scope name by itself can be used as a |Dictionary|.  For example, to
 delete all script-local variables: >
@@ -1455,6 +1456,13 @@ v:foldend	Used for 'foldtext': last line of closed fold.
 v:foldstart	Used for 'foldtext': first line of closed fold.
 		Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
 
+					*v:hlsearch* *hlsearch-variable*
+v:hlsearch	Variable that determines whether search highlighting is on. 
+		Makes sense only if 'hlsearch' is enabled which requires 
+		|+extra_search|. Setting this variable to zero acts the like 
+		|:nohlsearch| command, setting it to one acts like >
+			let &hlsearch = &hlsearch
+<
 					*v:insertmode* *insertmode-variable*
 v:insertmode	Used for the |InsertEnter| and |InsertChange| autocommand
 		events.  Values:
@@ -1512,6 +1520,7 @@ v:oldfiles	List of file names that is loaded from the |viminfo| file on
 		startup.  These are the files that Vim remembers marks for.
 		The length of the List is limited by the ' argument of the
 		'viminfo' option (default is 100).
+		When the |viminfo| file is not used the List is empty.
 		Also see |:oldfiles| and |c_#<|.
 		The List can be modified, but this has no effect on what is
 		stored in the |viminfo| file later.  If you use values other
@@ -1547,6 +1556,16 @@ v:profiling	Normally zero.	Set to one after using ":profile start".
 v:progname	Contains the name (with path removed) with which Vim was
 		invoked.  Allows you to do special initialisations for |view|,
 		|evim| etc., or any other name you might symlink to Vim.
+		Read-only.
+
+					*v:progpath* *progpath-variable*
+v:progpath	Contains the command with which Vim was invoked, including the
+		path.  Useful if you want to message a Vim server using a
+		|--remote-expr|.
+		To get the full path use: >
+			echo exepath(v:progpath)
+<		NOTE: This does not work when the command is a relative path
+		and the current directory has changed.
 		Read-only.
 
 					*v:register* *register-variable*
@@ -1663,7 +1682,7 @@ v:version	Version number of Vim: Major version number times 100 plus
 		is 501.  Read-only.  "version" also works, for backwards
 		compatibility.
 		Use |has()| to check if a certain patch was included, e.g.: >
-			if has("patch123")
+			if has("patch-7.4.123")
 <		Note that patch numbers are specific to the version, thus both
 		version 5.0 and 5.1 may have a patch 123, but these are
 		completely different.
@@ -1697,6 +1716,8 @@ append( {lnum}, {string})	Number	append {string} below line {lnum}
 append( {lnum}, {list})		Number	append lines {list} below line {lnum}
 argc()				Number	number of files in the argument list
 argidx()			Number	current index in the argument list
+arglistid( [{winnr}, [ {tabnr}]])
+				Number	argument list id
 argv( {nr})			String	{nr} entry of the argument list
 argv( )				List	the argument list
 asin( {expr})			Float	arc sine of {expr}
@@ -1713,6 +1734,7 @@ bufnr( {expr})			Number	Number of the buffer {expr}
 bufwinnr( {expr})		Number	window number of buffer {expr}
 byte2line( {byte})		Number	line number at byte count {byte}
 byteidx( {expr}, {nr})		Number	byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr}
+byteidxcomp( {expr}, {nr})	Number	byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr}
 call( {func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])
 				any	call {func} with arguments {arglist}
 ceil( {expr})			Float	round {expr} up
@@ -1736,7 +1758,7 @@ cscope_connection( [{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
 cursor( {lnum}, {col} [, {coladd}])
 				Number	move cursor to {lnum}, {col}, {coladd}
 cursor( {list})			Number	move cursor to position in {list}
-deepcopy( {expr})		any	make a full copy of {expr}
+deepcopy( {expr} [, {noref}])	any	make a full copy of {expr}
 delete( {fname})		Number	delete file {fname}
 did_filetype()			Number	TRUE if FileType autocommand event used
 diff_filler( {lnum})		Number	diff filler lines about {lnum}
@@ -1746,6 +1768,7 @@ escape( {string}, {chars})	String	escape {chars} in {string} with '\'
 eval( {string})			any	evaluate {string} into its value
 eventhandler( )			Number	TRUE if inside an event handler
 executable( {expr})		Number	1 if executable {expr} exists
+exepath( {expr})		String  full path of the command {expr}
 exists( {expr})			Number	TRUE if {expr} exists
 extend( {expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
 				List/Dict insert items of {expr2} into {expr1}
@@ -1785,10 +1808,11 @@ getcharmod( )			Number	modifiers for the last typed character
 getcmdline()			String	return the current command-line
 getcmdpos()			Number	return cursor position in command-line
 getcmdtype()			String	return the current command-line type
+getcurpos()			List	position of the cursor
 getcwd()			String	the current working directory
+getfontname( [{name}])		String	name of font being used
 getfperm( {fname})		String	file permissions of file {fname}
 getfsize( {fname})		Number	size in bytes of file {fname}
-getfontname( [{name}])		String	name of font being used
 getftime( {fname})		Number	last modification time of file
 getftype( {fname})		String	description of type of file {fname}
 getline( {lnum})		String	line {lnum} of current buffer
@@ -1798,7 +1822,8 @@ getmatches()			List	list of current matches
 getpid()			Number	process ID of Vim
 getpos( {expr})			List	position of cursor, mark, etc.
 getqflist()			List	list of quickfix items
-getreg( [{regname} [, 1]])	String	contents of register
+getreg( [{regname} [, 1 [, {list}]]])
+				String or List   contents of register
 getregtype( [{regname}])	String	type of register
 gettabvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in tab {nr} or {def}
@@ -1810,7 +1835,7 @@ getwinvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
 glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
 				any	expand file wildcards in {expr}
-globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {flag}])
+globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
 				String	do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
 has( {feature})			Number	TRUE if feature {feature} supported
 has_key( {dict}, {key})		Number	TRUE if {dict} has entry {key}
@@ -1862,6 +1887,8 @@ match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
 				Number	position where {pat} matches in {expr}
 matchadd( {group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
 				Number	highlight {pattern} with {group}
+matchaddpos( {group}, {list}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
+				Number	highlight positions with {group}
 matcharg( {nr})			List	arguments of |:match|
 matchdelete( {id})		Number	delete match identified by {id}
 matchend( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
@@ -1969,7 +1996,8 @@ strridx( {haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
 				Number	last index of {needle} in {haystack}
 strtrans( {expr})		String	translate string to make it printable
 strwidth( {expr})		Number	display cell length of the String {expr}
-submatch( {nr})			String	specific match in ":s" or substitute()
+submatch( {nr}[, {list}])	String or List
+					specific match in ":s" or substitute()
 substitute( {expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
 				String	all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
 synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans})	Number	syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
@@ -1979,6 +2007,7 @@ synIDtrans( {synID})		Number	translated syntax ID of {synID}
 synconcealed( {lnum}, {col})	List    info about concealing
 synstack( {lnum}, {col})	List	stack of syntax IDs at {lnum} and {col}
 system( {expr} [, {input}])	String	output of shell command/filter {expr}
+systemlist( {expr} [, {input}])	List	output of shell command/filter {expr}
 tabpagebuflist( [{arg}])	List	list of buffer numbers in tab page
 tabpagenr( [{arg}])		Number	number of current or last tab page
 tabpagewinnr( {tabarg}[, {arg}])
@@ -1996,6 +2025,8 @@ trunc( {expr})			Float	truncate Float {expr}
 type( {name})			Number	type of variable {name}
 undofile( {name})		String	undo file name for {name}
 undotree()			List	undo file tree
+uniq( {list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])
+				List	remove adjacent duplicates from a list
 values( {dict})			List	values in {dict}
 virtcol( {expr})		Number	screen column of cursor or mark
 visualmode( [expr])		String	last visual mode used
@@ -2077,6 +2108,18 @@ argc()		The result is the number of files in the argument list of the
 argidx()	The result is the current index in the argument list.  0 is
 		the first file.  argc() - 1 is the last one.  See |arglist|.
 
+							*arglistid()*
+arglistid([{winnr}, [ {tabnr} ]])
+		Return the argument list ID.  This is a number which
+		identifies the argument list being used.  Zero is used for the
+		global argument list.
+		Return zero if the arguments are invalid.
+
+		Without arguments use the current window.
+		With {winnr} only use this window in the current tab page.
+		With {winnr} and {tabnr} use the window in the specified tab
+		page.
+
 							*argv()*
 argv([{nr}])	The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
 		current window.  See |arglist|.  "argv(0)" is the first one.
@@ -2261,7 +2304,10 @@ byteidx({expr}, {nr})					*byteidx()*
 		{expr}.  Use zero for the first character, it returns zero.
 		This function is only useful when there are multibyte
 		characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}.
-		Composing characters are counted as a separate character.
+		Composing characters are not counted separately, their byte
+		length is added to the preceding base character.  See
+		|byteidxcomp()| below for counting composing characters
+		separately.
 		Example : >
 			echo matchstr(str, ".", byteidx(str, 3))
 <		will display the fourth character.  Another way to do the
@@ -2270,7 +2316,20 @@ byteidx({expr}, {nr})					*byteidx()*
 			echo strpart(s, 0, byteidx(s, 1))
 <		If there are less than {nr} characters -1 is returned.
 		If there are exactly {nr} characters the length of the string
-		is returned.
+		in bytes is returned.
+
+byteidxcomp({expr}, {nr})					*byteidxcomp()*
+		Like byteidx(), except that a composing character is counted
+		as a separate character.  Example: >
+			let s = 'e' . nr2char(0x301)
+			echo byteidx(s, 1)
+			echo byteidxcomp(s, 1)
+			echo byteidxcomp(s, 2)
+<		The first and third echo result in 3 ('e' plus composing
+		character is 3 bytes), the second echo results in 1 ('e' is
+		one byte).
+		Only works different from byteidx() when 'encoding' is set to
+		a Unicode encoding.
 
 call({func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])			*call()* *E699*
 		Call function {func} with the items in |List| {arglist} as
@@ -2545,9 +2604,14 @@ cursor({lnum}, {col} [, {off}])				*cursor()*
 cursor({list})
 		Positions the cursor at the column (byte count) {col} in the
 		line {lnum}.  The first column is one.
+
 		When there is one argument {list} this is used as a |List|
-		with two or three items {lnum}, {col} and {off}.  This is like
-		the return value of |getpos()|, but without the first item.
+		with two, three or four item:
+			[{lnum}, {col}, {off}]
+			[{lnum}, {col}, {off}, {curswant}]
+		This is like the return value of |getpos()| or |getcurpos()|,
+		but without the first item.
+
 		Does not change the jumplist.
 		If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
 		the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
@@ -2556,6 +2620,8 @@ cursor({list})
 		the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
 		line.
 		If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
+		If {curswant} is given it is used to set the preferred column
+		for vertical movment.  Otherwise {col} is used.
 		When 'virtualedit' is used {off} specifies the offset in
 		screen columns from the start of the character.  E.g., a
 		position within a <Tab> or after the last character.
@@ -2672,6 +2738,15 @@ executable({expr})					*executable()*
 			0	does not exist
 			-1	not implemented on this system
 
+exepath({expr})						*exepath()*
+		If {expr} is an executable and is either an absolute path, a
+		relative path or found in $PATH, return the full path.
+		Note that the current directory is used when {expr} starts
+		with "./", which may be a problem for Vim: >
+			echo exepath(v:progpath)
+<		If {expr} cannot be found in $PATH or is not executable then
+		an empty string is returned.
+
 							*exists()*
 exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is non-zero if {expr} is
 		defined, zero otherwise.  The {expr} argument is a string,
@@ -2684,7 +2759,8 @@ exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is non-zero if {expr} is
 					string)
 			*funcname	built-in function (see |functions|)
 					or user defined function (see
-					|user-functions|).
+					|user-functions|). Also works for a
+					variable that is a Funcref.
 			varname		internal variable (see
 					|internal-variables|).	Also works
 					for |curly-braces-names|, |Dictionary|
@@ -2790,7 +2866,7 @@ expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 			<afile>		autocmd file name
 			<abuf>		autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
 			<amatch>	autocmd matched name
-			<sfile>		sourced script file name
+			<sfile>		sourced script file or function name
 			<slnum>		sourced script file line number
 			<cword>		word under the cursor
 			<cWORD>		WORD under the cursor
@@ -3176,7 +3252,7 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 		If [expr] is 1, only check if a character is available, it is
 			not consumed.  Return zero if no character available.
 
-		Without {expr} and when {expr} is 0 a whole character or
+		Without [expr] and when [expr] is 0 a whole character or
 		special key is returned.  If it is an 8-bit character, the
 		result is a number.  Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
 		Otherwise a String is returned with the encoded character.
@@ -3186,7 +3262,11 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 		String when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used that is
 		not included in the character.
 
-		When {expr} is 1 only the first byte is returned.  For a
+		When [expr] is 0 and Esc is typed, there will be a short delay
+		while Vim waits to see if this is the start of an escape
+		sequence.
+
+		When [expr] is 1 only the first byte is returned.  For a
 		one-byte character it is the character itself as a number.
 		Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
 
@@ -3269,6 +3349,17 @@ getcmdtype()						*getcmdtype()*
 		Returns an empty string otherwise.
 		Also see |getcmdpos()|, |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
 
+							*getcurpos()*
+getcurpos()	Get the position of the cursor.  This is like getpos('.'), but
+		includes an extra item in the list:
+		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off, curswant]
+		The "curswant" number is the preferred column when moving the
+		cursor vertically.
+		This can be used to save and restore the cursor position: >
+			let save_cursor = getcurpos()
+			MoveTheCursorAround
+			call setpos('.', save_cursor)
+
 							*getcwd()*
 getcwd()	The result is a String, which is the name of the current
 		working directory.
@@ -3390,6 +3481,34 @@ getmatches()						*getmatches()*
 			'pattern': 'FIXME', 'priority': 10, 'id': 2}] >
 			:unlet m
 <
+							*getpid()*
+getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
+		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
+		exits.	On MS-DOS it's always zero.
+
+							*getpos()*
+getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
+		see |line()|.  For getting the cursor position see
+		|getcurpos()|.
+		The result is a |List| with four numbers:
+		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
+		"bufnum" is zero, unless a mark like '0 or 'A is used, then it
+		is the buffer number of the mark.
+		"lnum" and "col" are the position in the buffer.  The first
+		column is 1.
+		The "off" number is zero, unless 'virtualedit' is used.  Then
+		it is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
+		character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
+		character.
+		Note that for '< and '> Visual mode matters: when it is "V"
+		(visual line mode) the column of '< is zero and the column of
+		'> is a large number.
+		This can be used to save and restore the position of a mark: >
+			let save_a_mark = getpos("'a")
+			...
+			call setpos(''a', save_a_mark
+<		Also see |getcurpos()| and |setpos()|.
+
 
 getqflist()						*getqflist()*
 		Returns a list with all the current quickfix errors.  Each
@@ -3418,7 +3537,7 @@ getqflist()						*getqflist()*
 			:endfor
 
 
-getreg([{regname} [, 1]])				*getreg()*
+getreg([{regname} [, 1 [, {list}]]])			*getreg()*
 		The result is a String, which is the contents of register
 		{regname}.  Example: >
 			:let cliptext = getreg('*')
@@ -3427,6 +3546,11 @@ getreg([{regname} [, 1]])				*getreg()*
 		getreg('=', 1) returns the expression itself, so that it can
 		be restored with |setreg()|.  For other registers the extra
 		argument is ignored, thus you can always give it.
+		If {list} is present and non-zero result type is changed to 
+		|List|. Each list item is one text line. Use it if you care
+		about zero bytes possibly present inside register: without
+		third argument both NLs and zero bytes are represented as NLs
+		(see |NL-used-for-Nul|).
 		If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
 
 
@@ -3436,7 +3560,7 @@ getregtype([{regname}])					*getregtype()*
 		    "v"			for |characterwise| text
 		    "V"			for |linewise| text
 		    "<CTRL-V>{width}"	for |blockwise-visual| text
-		    0			for an empty or unknown register
+		    ""			for an empty or unknown register
 		<CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
 		If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
 
@@ -3514,11 +3638,12 @@ glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*glob()*
 		See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables.  See
 		|system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.
 
-globpath({path}, {expr} [, {flag}])			*globpath()*
+globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])			*globpath()*
 		Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
 		the results.  Example: >
 			:echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
-<		{path} is a comma-separated list of directory names.  Each
+<
+		{path} is a comma-separated list of directory names.  Each
 		directory name is prepended to {expr} and expanded like with
 		|glob()|.  A path separator is inserted when needed.
 		To add a comma inside a directory name escape it with a
@@ -3526,11 +3651,19 @@ globpath({path}, {expr} [, {flag}])			*globpath()*
 		trailing backslash, remove it if you put a comma after it.
 		If the expansion fails for one of the directories, there is no
 		error message.
-		Unless the optional {flag} argument is given and is non-zero,
+
+		Unless the optional {nosuf} argument is given and is non-zero,
 		the 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' options apply: Names matching
 		one of the patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped and
 		'suffixes' affect the ordering of matches.
 
+		When {list} is present and it is non-zero the result is a List
+		with all matching files. The advantage of using a List is, you
+		also get filenames containing newlines correctly. Otherwise
+		the result is a String and when there are several matches,
+		they are separated by <NL> characters.  Example: >
+			:echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim", 0, 1)
+<
 		The "**" item can be used to search in a directory tree.
 		For example, to find all "README.txt" files in the directories
 		in 'runtimepath' and below: >
@@ -4110,6 +4243,8 @@ maparg({name}[, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 				     (|mapmode-ic|)
 		  "sid"	     The script local ID, used for <sid> mappings
 			     (|<SID>|).
+		  "nowait"   Do not wait for other, longer mappings.
+			     (|:map-<nowait>|).
 
 		The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
 		then the global mappings.
@@ -4211,6 +4346,9 @@ matchadd({group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
 		"match").  It will be highlighted with {group}.  Returns an
 		identification number (ID), which can be used to delete the
 		match using |matchdelete()|.
+		Matching is case sensitive and magic, unless case sensitivity
+		or magicness are explicitly overridden in {pattern}.  The
+		'magic', 'smartcase' and 'ignorecase' options are not used.
 
 		The optional {priority} argument assigns a priority to the
 		match.	A match with a high priority will have its
@@ -4244,6 +4382,41 @@ matchadd({group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
 		available from |getmatches()|.	All matches can be deleted in
 		one operation by |clearmatches()|.
 
+matchaddpos({group}, {pos}[, {priority}[, {id}]])		*matchaddpos()*
+		Same as |matchadd()|, but requires a list of positions {pos}
+		instead of a pattern. This command is faster than |matchadd()|
+		because it does not require to handle regular expressions and
+		sets buffer line boundaries to redraw screen. It is supposed
+		to be used when fast match additions and deletions are
+		required, for example to highlight matching parentheses.
+
+		The list {pos} can contain one of these items:
+		- A number.  This whole line will be highlighted.  The first
+		  line has number 1.
+		- A list with one number, e.g., [23]. The whole line with this
+		  number will be highlighted.
+		- A list with two numbers, e.g., [23, 11]. The first number is
+		  the line number, the second one is the column number (first
+		  column is 1, the value must correspond to the byte index as
+		  |col()| would return).  The character at this position will
+		  be highlighted.
+		- A list with three numbers, e.g., [23, 11, 3]. As above, but
+		  the third number gives the length of the highlight in bytes.
+		
+		The maximum number of positions is 8.
+
+		Example: >
+			:highlight MyGroup ctermbg=green guibg=green
+			:let m = matchaddpos("MyGroup", [[23, 24], 34])
+<		Deletion of the pattern: >
+			:call matchdelete(m)
+
+<		Matches added by |matchaddpos()| are returned by
+		|getmatches()| with an entry "pos1", "pos2", etc., with the
+		value a list like the {pos} item.
+		These matches cannot be set via |setmatches()|, however they
+		can still be deleted by |clearmatches()|.
+
 matcharg({nr})							*matcharg()*
 		Selects the {nr} match item, as set with a |:match|,
 		|:2match| or |:3match| command.
@@ -4402,30 +4575,6 @@ nr2char({expr}[, {utf8}])				*nr2char()*
 		characters.  nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
 		string, thus results in an empty string.
 
-							*getpid()*
-getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
-		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
-		exits.	On MS-DOS it's always zero.
-
-							*getpos()*
-getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
-		see |line()|.
-		The result is a |List| with four numbers:
-		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
-		"bufnum" is zero, unless a mark like '0 or 'A is used, then it
-		is the buffer number of the mark.
-		"lnum" and "col" are the position in the buffer.  The first
-		column is 1.
-		The "off" number is zero, unless 'virtualedit' is used.  Then
-		it is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
-		character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
-		character.
-		This can be used to save and restore the cursor position: >
-			let save_cursor = getpos(".")
-			MoveTheCursorAround
-			call setpos('.', save_cursor)
-<		Also see |setpos()|.
-
 or({expr}, {expr})					*or()*
 		Bitwise OR on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
 		to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
@@ -5224,8 +5373,9 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 			.	the cursor
 			'x	mark x
 
-		{list} must be a |List| with four numbers:
+		{list} must be a |List| with four or five numbers:
 		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
+		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off, curswant]
 
 		"bufnum" is the buffer number.	Zero can be used for the
 		current buffer.  Setting the cursor is only possible for
@@ -5243,13 +5393,26 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 		character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
 		character.
 
+		The "curswant" number is only used when setting the cursor
+		position.  It sets the preferred column for when moving the
+		cursor vertically.  When the "curswant" number is missing the
+		preferred column is not set.  When it is present and setting a
+		mark position it is not used.
+
+		Note that for '< and '> changing the line number may result in
+		the marks to be effectively be swapped, so that '< is always
+		before '>.
+
 		Returns 0 when the position could be set, -1 otherwise.
 		An error message is given if {expr} is invalid.
 
-		Also see |getpos()|
+		Also see |getpos()| and |getcurpos()|.
 
 		This does not restore the preferred column for moving
-		vertically.  See |winrestview()| for that.
+		vertically; if you set the cursor position with this, |j| and
+		|k| motions will jump to previous columns!  Use |cursor()| to
+		also set the preferred column.  Also see the "curswant" key in
+		|winrestview()|.
 
 
 setqflist({list} [, {action}])				*setqflist()*
@@ -5301,6 +5464,8 @@ setqflist({list} [, {action}])				*setqflist()*
 							*setreg()*
 setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
 		Set the register {regname} to {value}.
+		{value} may be any value returned by |getreg()|, including 
+		a |List|.
 		If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
 		then the value is appended.
 		{options} can also contain a register type specification:
@@ -5313,10 +5478,15 @@ setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
 		in the longest line (counting a <Tab> as 1 character).
 
 		If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
-		is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>.
-		Setting the '=' register is not possible, but you can use >
-			:let @= = var_expr
-<		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
+		is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL> for 
+		string {value} and linewise mode for list {value}. Blockwise 
+		mode is never selected automatically.
+		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
+
+							*E883*
+		Note: you may not use |List| containing more then one item to 
+		      set search and expression registers. Lists containing no 
+		      items act like empty strings.
 
 		Examples: >
 			:call setreg(v:register, @*)
@@ -5324,8 +5494,11 @@ setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
 			:call setreg('a', "1\n2\n3", 'b5')
 
 <		This example shows using the functions to save and restore a
-		register. >
-			:let var_a = getreg('a', 1)
+		register (note: you may not reliably restore register value 
+		without using the third argument to |getreg()| as without it 
+		newlines are represented as newlines AND Nul bytes are 
+		represented as newlines as well, see |NL-used-for-Nul|). >
+			:let var_a = getreg('a', 1, 1)
 			:let var_amode = getregtype('a')
 			    ....
 			:call setreg('a', var_a, var_amode)
@@ -5391,6 +5564,7 @@ shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 <		This results in a directory listing for the file under the
 		cursor.  Example of use with |system()|: >
 		    :call system("chmod +w -- " . shellescape(expand("%")))
+<		See also |::S|.
 
 
 shiftwidth()						*shiftwidth()*
@@ -5450,20 +5624,35 @@ sinh({expr})						*sinh()*
 
 
 sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
-		Sort the items in {list} in-place.  Returns {list}.  If you
-		want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
+		Sort the items in {list} in-place.  Returns {list}.
+		
+		If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
 			:let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
-<		Uses the string representation of each item to sort on.
-		Numbers sort after Strings, |Lists| after Numbers.
-		For sorting text in the current buffer use |:sort|.
-		When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored.
-		{dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute.  It will be
-		used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
+
+<		When {func} is omitted, is empty or zero, then sort() uses the
+		string representation of each item to sort on.  Numbers sort
+		after Strings, |Lists| after Numbers.  For sorting text in the
+		current buffer use |:sort|.
+
+		When {func} is given and it is is '1' or 'i' then case is
+		ignored.
+		
+		When {func} is given and it is 'n' then all items will be
+		sorted numerical (Implementation detail: This uses the
+		strtod() function to parse numbers, Strings, Lists, Dicts and
+		Funcrefs will be considered as being 0).
+
 		When {func} is a |Funcref| or a function name, this function
 		is called to compare items.  The function is invoked with two
 		items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 or
 		bigger if the first one sorts after the second one, -1 or
 		smaller if the first one sorts before the second one.
+
+		{dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute.  It will be
+		used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
+
+		Also see |uniq()|.
+
 		Example: >
 			func MyCompare(i1, i2)
 			   return a:i1 == a:i2 ? 0 : a:i1 > a:i2 ? 1 : -1
@@ -5605,7 +5794,7 @@ strchars({expr})					*strchars()*
 
 strdisplaywidth({expr}[, {col}])			*strdisplaywidth()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the number of display cells
-		String {expr} occupies on the screen.
+		String {expr} occupies on the screen when it starts a {col}.
 		When {col} is omitted zero is used.  Otherwise it is the
 		screen column where to start.  This matters for Tab
 		characters.
@@ -5730,12 +5919,23 @@ strwidth({expr})					*strwidth()*
 		Ambiguous, this function's return value depends on 'ambiwidth'.
 		Also see |strlen()|, |strdisplaywidth()| and |strchars()|.
 
-submatch({nr})						*submatch()*
+submatch({nr}[, {list}])				*submatch()*
 		Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command or
 		substitute() function.
 		Returns the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text.  When {nr}
 		is 0 the whole matched text is returned.
+		Note that a NL in the string can stand for a line break of a
+		multi-line match or a NUL character in the text.
 		Also see |sub-replace-expression|.
+
+		If {list} is present and non-zero then submatch() returns 
+		a list of strings, similar to |getline()| with two arguments. 
+		NL characters in the text represent NUL characters in the
+		text.
+		Only returns more than one item for |:substitute|, inside
+		|substitute()| this list will always contain one or zero
+		items, since there are no real line breaks.
+
 		Example: >
 			:s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
 <		This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
@@ -5868,19 +6068,29 @@ synstack({lnum}, {col})					*synstack()*
 		valid positions.
 
 system({expr} [, {input}])				*system()* *E677*
-		Get the output of the shell command {expr}.
-		When {input} is given, this string is written to a file and
-		passed as stdin to the command.  The string is written as-is,
-		you need to take care of using the correct line separators
-		yourself.  Pipes are not used.
-		Note: Use |shellescape()| to escape special characters in a
-		command argument.  Newlines in {expr} may cause the command to
-		fail.  The characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may
-		also cause trouble.
+		Get the output of the shell command {expr} as a string.  See
+		|systemlist()| to get the output as a List.
+
+		When {input} is given and is a string this string is written 
+		to a file and passed as stdin to the command.  The string is 
+		written as-is, you need to take care of using the correct line 
+		separators yourself.
+		If {input} is given and is a |List| it is written to the file
+		in a way |writefile()| does with {binary} set to "b" (i.e.
+		with a newline between each list item with newlines inside
+		list items converted to NULs).  
+		Pipes are not used.
+
+		Note: Use |shellescape()| or |::S| with |expand()| or 
+		|fnamemodify()| to escape special characters in a command 
+		argument.  Newlines in {expr} may cause the command to fail.  
+		The characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may also 
+		cause trouble.
 		This is not to be used for interactive commands.
 
 		The result is a String.  Example: >
 		    :let files = system("ls " .  shellescape(expand('%:h')))
+		    :let files = system('ls ' . expand('%:h:S'))
 
 <		To make the result more system-independent, the shell output
 		is filtered to replace <CR> with <NL> for Macintosh, and
@@ -5907,6 +6117,16 @@ system({expr} [, {input}])				*system()* *E677*
 		Use |:checktime| to force a check.
 
 
+systemlist({expr} [, {input}])				*systemlist()*
+		Same as |system()|, but returns a |List| with lines (parts of 
+		output separated by NL) with NULs transformed into NLs. Output 
+		is the same as |readfile()| will output with {binary} argument 
+		set to "b".
+
+		Returns an empty string on error, so be careful not to run 
+		into |E706|.
+
+
 tabpagebuflist([{arg}])					*tabpagebuflist()*
 		The result is a |List|, where each item is the number of the
 		buffer associated with each window in the current tab page.
@@ -5929,7 +6149,7 @@ tabpagenr([{arg}])					*tabpagenr()*
 		The number can be used with the |:tab| command.
 
 
-tabpagewinnr({tabarg}, [{arg}])				*tabpagewinnr()*
+tabpagewinnr({tabarg} [, {arg}])			*tabpagewinnr()*
 		Like |winnr()| but for tab page {tabarg}.
 		{tabarg} specifies the number of tab page to be used.
 		{arg} is used like with |winnr()|:
@@ -6129,6 +6349,14 @@ undotree()						*undotree()*
 				blocks.  Each item may again have an "alt"
 				item.
 
+uniq({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*uniq()* *E882*
+		Remove second and succeeding copies of repeated adjacent
+		{list} items in-place.  Returns {list}.  If you want a list
+		to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
+			:let newlist = uniq(copy(mylist))
+<		The default compare function uses the string representation of
+		each item.  For the use of {func} and {dict} see |sort()|.
+
 values({dict})						*values()*
 		Return a |List| with all the values of {dict}.	The |List| is
 		in arbitrary order.
@@ -6258,6 +6486,16 @@ winrestcmd()	Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore
 winrestview({dict})
 		Uses the |Dictionary| returned by |winsaveview()| to restore
 		the view of the current window.
+		Note: The {dict} does not have to contain all values, that are
+		returned by |winsaveview()|. If values are missing, those
+		settings won't be restored. So you can use: >
+		    :call winrestview({'curswant': 4})
+<
+		This will only set the curswant value (the column the cursor
+		wants to move on vertical movements) of the cursor to column 5
+		(yes, that is 5), while all other settings will remain the
+		same. This is useful, if you set the cursor position manually.
+
 		If you have changed the values the result is unpredictable.
 		If the window size changed the result won't be the same.
 
@@ -6272,7 +6510,9 @@ winsaveview()	Returns a |Dictionary| that contains information to restore
 		not opened when moving around.
 		The return value includes:
 			lnum		cursor line number
-			col		cursor column
+			col		cursor column (Note: the first column
+					zero, as opposed to what getpos()
+					returns)
 			coladd		cursor column offset for 'virtualedit'
 			curswant	column for vertical movement
 			topline		first line in the window
@@ -6323,7 +6563,7 @@ xor({expr}, {expr})					*xor()*
 
 
 							*feature-list*
-There are three types of features:
+There are four types of features:
 1.  Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
     was compiled |+feature-list|.  Example: >
 	:if has("cindent")
@@ -6331,11 +6571,21 @@ There are three types of features:
     Example: >
 	:if has("gui_running")
 <							*has-patch*
-3.  Included patches.  First check |v:version| for the version of Vim.
-    Then the "patch123" feature means that patch 123 has been included for
-    this version.  Example (checking version 6.2.148 or later): >
+3.  Included patches.  The "patch123" feature means that patch 123 has been
+    included.  Note that this form does not check the version of Vim, you need
+    to inspect |v:version| for that.
+    Example (checking version 6.2.148 or later): >
 	:if v:version > 602 || v:version == 602 && has("patch148")
-<   Note that it's possible for patch 147 to be omitted even though 148 is
+<    Note that it's possible for patch 147 to be omitted even though 148 is
+    included.
+
+4.  Beyond a certain version or at a certain version and including a specific
+    patch.  The "patch-7.4.237" feature means that the Vim version is 7.5 or
+    later, or it is version 7.4 and patch 237 was included.
+    Note that this only works for patch 7.4.237 and later, before that you
+    need to use the example above that checks v:version.  Example: >
+	:if has("patch-7.4.248")
+<    Note that it's possible for patch 147 to be omitted even though 148 is
     included.
 
 acl			Compiled with |ACL| support.
@@ -6409,8 +6659,8 @@ jumplist		Compiled with |jumplist| support.
 keymap			Compiled with 'keymap' support.
 langmap			Compiled with 'langmap' support.
 libcall			Compiled with |libcall()| support.
-linebreak		Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat' and 'showbreak'
-			support.
+linebreak		Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat', 'showbreak' and
+			'breakindent' support.
 lispindent		Compiled with support for lisp indenting.
 listcmds		Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files|
 			and the argument list |arglist|.
@@ -6557,6 +6807,8 @@ can only be called from within the script and from functions, user commands
 and autocommands defined in the script.  It is also possible to call the
 function from a mapping defined in the script, but then |<SID>| must be used
 instead of "s:" when the mapping is expanded outside of the script.
+There are only script-local functions, no buffer-local or window-local
+functions.
 
 					*:fu* *:function* *E128* *E129* *E123*
 :fu[nction]		List all functions and their arguments.
@@ -6580,11 +6832,15 @@ last defined. Example: >
 <
 See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
-							*E124* *E125* *E853*
+						*E124* *E125* *E853* *E884*
 :fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort] [dict]
 			Define a new function by the name {name}.  The name
 			must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and
-			must start with a capital or "s:" (see above).
+			must start with a capital or "s:" (see above).  Note
+			that using "b:" or "g:" is not allowed. (since patch
+			7.4.260 E884 is given if the function name has a colon
+			in the name, e.g. for "foo:bar()".  Before that patch
+			no error was given).
 
 			{name} can also be a |Dictionary| entry that is a
 			|Funcref|: >
@@ -6603,7 +6859,7 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 			For the {arguments} see |function-argument|.
 
-						*a:firstline* *a:lastline*
+					*:func-range* *a:firstline* *a:lastline*
 			When the [range] argument is added, the function is
 			expected to take care of a range itself.  The range is
 			passed as "a:firstline" and "a:lastline".  If [range]
@@ -6612,10 +6868,10 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			of each line.  See |function-range-example|.
 			The cursor is still moved to the first line of the
 			range, as is the case with all Ex commands.
-
+								*:func-abort*
 			When the [abort] argument is added, the function will
 			abort as soon as an error is detected.
-
+								*:func-dict*
 			When the [dict] argument is added, the function must
 			be invoked through an entry in a |Dictionary|.	The
 			local variable "self" will then be set to the
@@ -7277,6 +7533,8 @@ This does NOT work: >
 			{pattern}, so long as it does not have a special
 			meaning (e.g., '|' or '"') and doesn't occur inside
 			{pattern}.
+			Information about the exception is available in
+			|v:exception|.  Also see |throw-variables|.
 			NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of
 			an error message because it may vary in different
 			locales.
@@ -7420,13 +7678,22 @@ This does NOT work: >
 			for Vim commands, |shellescape()| for |:!| commands.
 			Examples: >
 		:execute "e " . fnameescape(filename)
-		:execute "!ls " . shellescape(expand('%:h'), 1)
+		:execute "!ls " . shellescape(filename, 1)
 <
 			Note: The executed string may be any command-line, but
-			you cannot start or end a "while", "for" or "if"
-			command.  Thus this is illegal: >
-		:execute 'while i > 5'
-		:execute 'echo "test" | break'
+			starting or ending "if", "while" and "for" does not
+			always work, because when commands are skipped the
+			":execute" is not evaluated and Vim loses track of
+			where blocks start and end.  Also "break" and
+			"continue" should not be inside ":execute".
+			This example does not work, because the ":execute" is
+			not evaluated and Vim does not see the "while", and
+			gives an error for finding an ":endwhile": >
+		:if 0
+		: execute 'while i > 5'
+		:  echo "test"
+		: endwhile
+		:endif
 <
 			It is allowed to have a "while" or "if" command
 			completely in the executed string: >

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 May 25
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Dec 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -447,23 +447,25 @@ g:changelog_new_date_format
 				%%	insert a single '%' character
 				%d	insert the date from above
 				%u	insert the user from above
+                                %p	insert result of b:changelog_entry_prefix
 				%c	where to position cursor when done
-			The default is "%d  %u\n\n\t* %c\n\n", which produces
+			The default is "%d  %u\n\n\t* %p%c\n\n", which produces
 			something like (| is where cursor will be, unless at
 			the start of the line where it denotes the beginning
 			of the line) >
 				|2003-01-14  Full Name  <user@host>
 				|
-				|        * |
+				|        * prefix|
 <
 g:changelog_new_entry_format
 			The format used when creating a new entry.
 			The following table describes special tokens in the
 			string:
+                                %p	insert result of b:changelog_entry_prefix
 				%c	where to position cursor when done
 			The default is "\t*%c", which produces something
 			similar to >
-				|        * |
+				|        * prefix|
 <
 g:changelog_date_entry_search
 			The search pattern to use when searching for a

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 May 13
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Dec 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -285,9 +285,10 @@ zF		Create a fold for [count] lines.  Works like "zf".
 							*zd* *E351*
 zd		Delete one fold at the cursor.  When the cursor is on a folded
 		line, that fold is deleted.  Nested folds are moved one level
-		up.  In Visual mode all folds (partially) in the selected area
-		are deleted.  Careful: This easily deletes more folds than you
-		expect and there is no undo.
+		up.  In Visual mode one level of all folds (partially) in the
+		selected area are deleted.
+		Careful: This easily deletes more folds than you expect and
+		there is no undo for manual folding.
 		This only works when 'foldmethod' is "manual" or "marker".
 		Also see |fold-delete-marker|.
 

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jun 12
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -133,6 +133,7 @@ task bar with the 'guiheadroom' option.
 :winp[os]
 		Display current position of the top left corner of the GUI vim
 		window in pixels.  Does not work in all versions.
+		Also see |getwinposx()| and |getwinposy()|.
 
 :winp[os] {X} {Y}							*E466*
 		Put the GUI vim window at the given {X} and {Y} coordinates.
@@ -151,8 +152,11 @@ task bar with the 'guiheadroom' option.
 		option.
 
 If you are running the X Window System, you can get information about the
-window Vim is running in with this command: >
+window Vim is running in with these commands: >
 	:!xwininfo -id $WINDOWID
+	:!xprop -id $WINDOWID
+	:execute '!xwininfo -id ' . v:windowid
+	:execute '!xprop -id ' . v:windowid
 <
 							*gui-IME* *iBus*
 Input methods for international characters in X that rely on the XIM

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2011 Sep 14
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ command line argument).
 							*gui-x11-kde*
 There is no KDE version of Vim.  There has been some work on a port using the
 Qt toolkit, but it never worked properly and it has been abandoned.  Work
-continues on Yzis: www.yzis.org.
+continues on Yzis: https://github.com/chrizel/Yzis.
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. Compiling						*gui-x11-compiling*

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Oct 25
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Oct 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 03
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Apr 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -545,10 +545,12 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 	      (default 70 lines).
 
 								*cino-#*
-	#N    When N is non-zero recognize shell/Perl comments, starting with
-	      '#'.  Default N is zero: don't recognize '#' comments.  Note
-	      that lines starting with # will still be seen as preprocessor
-	      lines.
+	#N    When N is non-zero recognize shell/Perl comments starting with
+	      '#', do not recognize preprocessor lines; allow right-shifting
+	      lines that start with "#".
+	      When N is zero (default): don't recognize '#' comments, do
+	      recognize preprocessor lines; right-shifting lines that start
+	      with "#" does not work.
 
 
 The defaults, spelled out in full, are:
@@ -556,7 +558,7 @@ The defaults, spelled out in full, are:
 			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,k0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0
 
 Vim puts a line in column 1 if:
-- It starts with '#' (preprocessor directives), if 'cinkeys' contains '#'.
+- It starts with '#' (preprocessor directives), if 'cinkeys' contains '#0'.
 - It starts with a label (a keyword followed by ':', other than "case" and
   "default") and 'cinoptions' does not contain an 'L' entry with a positive
   value.
@@ -596,7 +598,6 @@ without limits.
 	" Default
 	let g:clojure_maxlines = 100
 <
-
 						*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
 					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
 					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
@@ -650,7 +651,6 @@ default list below.
 	let g:clojure_special_indent_words =
 	   \ 'deftype,defrecord,reify,proxy,extend-type,extend-protocol,letfn'
 <
-
 					*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
 
 Align subsequent lines in multiline strings to the column after the opening
@@ -675,7 +675,28 @@ This option is off by default.
 	" Default
 	let g:clojure_align_multiline_strings = 0
 <
+						*g:clojure_align_subforms*
 
+By default, parenthesized compound forms that look like function calls and
+whose head subform is on its own line have subsequent subforms indented by
+two spaces relative to the opening paren:
+>
+	(foo
+	  bar
+	  baz)
+<
+Setting this option changes this behavior so that all subforms are aligned to
+the same column, emulating the default behavior of clojure-mode.el:
+>
+	(foo
+	 bar
+	 baz)
+<
+This option is off by default.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_align_subforms = 0
+<
 
 FORTRAN							*ft-fortran-indent*
 
@@ -791,7 +812,7 @@ OPTIONS: ~
 PHP indenting can be altered in several ways by modifying the values of some
 global variables:
 
-								*php-comment*
+					*php-comment* *PHP_autoformatcomment*
 To not enable auto-formating of comments by default (if you want to use your
 own 'formatoptions'): >
     :let g:PHP_autoformatcomment = 0
@@ -800,6 +821,7 @@ Else, 't' will be removed from the 'formatoptions' string and "qrowcb" will be
 added, see |fo-table| for more information.
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_outdentSLComments*
 To add extra indentation to single-line comments: >
     :let g:PHP_outdentSLComments = N
 
@@ -811,6 +833,7 @@ Only single-line comments will be affected such as: >
     /* Comment */
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_default_indenting*
 To add extra indentation to every PHP lines with N being the number of
 'shiftwidth' to add: >
     :let g:PHP_default_indenting = N
@@ -830,14 +853,18 @@ For example, with N = 1, this will give:
 (Notice the extra indentation between the PHP container markers and the code)
 -------------
 
-To indent PHP tags as the surrounding code: >
-    :let g:PHP_outdentphpescape = 0
+							*PHP_outdentphpescape*
+To indent PHP escape tags as the surrounding non-PHP code (only affects the
+PHP escape tags): >
+:let g:PHP_outdentphpescape = 0
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_removeCRwhenUnix*
 To automatically remove '\r' characters when the 'fileformat' is set to Unix: >
     :let g:PHP_removeCRwhenUnix = 1
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel*
 To indent braces at the same level than the code they contain: >
     :let g:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel = 1
     
@@ -856,6 +883,7 @@ NOTE:	Indenting will be a bit slower if this option is used because some
 	optimizations won't be available.
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
 To indent 'case:' and 'default:' statements in switch() blocks: >
     :let g:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent = 1
 

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 17
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1124,8 +1124,8 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:cNfile|	:cNf[ile]	go to last error in previous file
 |:cabbrev|	:ca[bbrev]	like ":abbreviate" but for Command-line mode
 |:cabclear|	:cabc[lear]	clear all abbreviations for Command-line mode
-|:caddbuffer|	:caddb[uffer]	add errors from buffer
-|:caddexpr|	:cad[dexpr]	add errors from expr
+|:caddbuffer|	:cad[dbuffer]	add errors from buffer
+|:caddexpr|	:cadde[xpr]	add errors from expr
 |:caddfile|	:caddf[ile]	add error message to current quickfix list
 |:call|		:cal[l]		call a function
 |:catch|	:cat[ch]	part of a :try command
@@ -1191,12 +1191,12 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:digraphs|	:dig[raphs]	show or enter digraphs
 |:display|	:di[splay]	display registers
 |:djump|	:dj[ump]	jump to #define
-|:dl|		:dl		short for |:delete|
-|:dl|		:del[ete]l	short for |:delete|
+|:dl|		:dl		short for |:delete| with the 'l' flag
+|:dl|		:del[ete]l	short for |:delete| with the 'l' flag
 |:dlist|	:dli[st]	list #defines
 |:doautocmd|	:do[autocmd]	apply autocommands to current buffer
 |:doautoall|	:doautoa[ll]	apply autocommands for all loaded buffers
-|:dp|		:d[elete]p	short for |:delete|
+|:dp|		:d[elete]p	short for |:delete| with the 'p' flag
 |:drop|		:dr[op]		jump to window editing file or edit file in
 				current window
 |:dsearch|	:ds[earch]	list one #define
@@ -1275,6 +1275,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:keepalt|	:keepa[lt]	following command keeps the alternate file
 |:keepmarks|	:kee[pmarks]	following command keeps marks where they are
 |:keepjumps|	:keepj[umps]	following command keeps jumplist and marks
+|:keeppatterns|	:keepp[atterns]	following command keeps search pattern history
 |:lNext|	:lN[ext]	go to previous entry in location list
 |:lNfile|	:lNf[ile]	go to last entry in previous file
 |:list|		:l[ist]		print lines
@@ -1360,13 +1361,14 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:nmenu|	:nme[nu]	add menu for Normal mode
 |:nnoremap|	:nn[oremap]	like ":noremap" but for Normal mode
 |:nnoremenu|	:nnoreme[nu]	like ":noremenu" but for Normal mode
-|:noautocmd|	:noa[utocmd]	following command don't trigger autocommands
+|:noautocmd|	:noa[utocmd]	following commands don't trigger autocommands
 |:noremap|	:no[remap]	enter a mapping that will not be remapped
 |:nohlsearch|	:noh[lsearch]	suspend 'hlsearch' highlighting
 |:noreabbrev|	:norea[bbrev]	enter an abbreviation that will not be
 				remapped
 |:noremenu|	:noreme[nu]	enter a menu that will not be remapped
 |:normal|	:norm[al]	execute Normal mode commands
+|:noswapfile|	:nos[wapfile]	following commands don't create a swap file
 |:number|	:nu[mber]	print lines with line number
 |:nunmap|	:nun[map]	like ":unmap" but for Normal mode
 |:nunmenu|	:nunme[nu]	remove menu for Normal mode

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jun 17
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -136,9 +136,10 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
 
 Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim_dev@vim.org>
-This is a maillist, many people will see the message.  If you don't want that,
-e.g. because it is a security issue, send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes
-to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).
+This is a maillist, you need to become a member first and many people will see
+the message.  If you don't want that, e.g. because it is a security issue,
+send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).
+
 Please be brief; all the time that is spent on answering mail is subtracted
 from the time that is spent on improving Vim!  Always give a reproducible
 example and try to find out which settings or other things influence the

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 22
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -60,17 +60,17 @@ modes.
 			{rhs}, is then further scanned for mappings.  This
 			allows for nested and recursive use of mappings.
 
-
-:no[remap]  {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-nvo|		*:no*  *:noremap*
-:nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|		*:nn*  *:nnoremap*
-:vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|		*:vn*  *:vnoremap*
-:xn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|		*:xn*  *:xnoremap*
-:snor[emap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		*:snor* *:snoremap*
-:ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|		*:ono* *:onoremap*
-:no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|		*:no!* *:noremap!*
-:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|		*:ino* *:inoremap*
-:ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|		*:ln*  *:lnoremap*
-:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|		*:cno* *:cnoremap*
+						*:nore* *:norem*
+:no[remap]  {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-nvo|	*:no*  *:noremap* *:nor*
+:nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|	*:nn*  *:nnoremap*
+:vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|	*:vn*  *:vnoremap*
+:xn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|	*:xn*  *:xnoremap*
+:snor[emap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|	*:snor* *:snoremap*
+:ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|	*:ono* *:onoremap*
+:no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|	*:no!* *:noremap!*
+:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|	*:ino* *:inoremap*
+:ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|	*:ln*  *:lnoremap*
+:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|	*:cno* *:cnoremap*
 			Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
 			where the map command applies.  Disallow mapping of
 			{rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings.  Often
@@ -306,9 +306,21 @@ is disabled.  This makes it possible to map zero without making it impossible
 to type a count with a zero.
 
 						*map-overview* *map-modes*
-Overview of which map command works in which mode:
+Overview of which map command works in which mode.  More details below.
+     COMMANDS                    MODES ~
+:map   :noremap  :unmap     Normal, Visual, Select, Operator-pending
+:nmap  :nnoremap :nunmap    Normal
+:vmap  :vnoremap :vunmap    Visual and Select
+:smap  :snoremap :sunmap    Select
+:xmap  :xnoremap :xunmap    Visual
+:omap  :onoremap :ounmap    Operator-pending
+:map!  :noremap! :unmap!    Insert and Command-line
+:imap  :inoremap :iunmap    Insert
+:lmap  :lnoremap :lunmap    Insert, Command-line, Lang-Arg
+:cmap  :cnoremap :cunmap    Command-line
 
-    commands:				      modes: ~
+
+    COMMANDS				      MODES ~
 				       Normal  Visual+Select  Operator-pending ~
 :map   :noremap   :unmap   :mapclear	 yes	    yes		   yes
 :nmap  :nnoremap  :nunmap  :nmapclear	 yes	     -		    -
@@ -324,7 +336,7 @@ NOTE: Mapping a printable character in Select mode may confuse the user.  It's
 better to explicitly use :xmap and :smap for printable characters.  Or use
 :sunmap after defining the mapping.
 
-    commands:				      modes: ~
+    COMMANDS				      MODES ~
 					  Visual    Select ~
 :vmap  :vnoremap  :vunmap  :vmapclear	    yes      yes
 :xmap  :xnoremap  :xunmap  :xmapclear	    yes       -
@@ -333,7 +345,7 @@ better to explicitly use :xmap and :smap for printable characters.  Or use
 			*mapmode-ic* *mapmode-i* *mapmode-c* *mapmode-l*
 Some commands work both in Insert mode and Command-line mode, some not:
 
-    commands:				      modes: ~
+    COMMANDS				      MODES ~
 					  Insert  Command-line	Lang-Arg ~
 :map!  :noremap!  :unmap!  :mapclear!	    yes	       yes	   -
 :imap  :inoremap  :iunmap  :imapclear	    yes		-	   -
@@ -593,7 +605,7 @@ illogical when compared to other commands.
 When you have a mapping that contains an Ex command, you need to put a line
 terminator after it to have it executed.  The use of <CR> is recommended for
 this (see |<>|).  Example: >
-   :map  _ls  :!ls -l %<CR>:echo "the end"<CR>
+   :map  _ls  :!ls -l %:S<CR>:echo "the end"<CR>
 
 To avoid mapping of the characters you type in insert or Command-line mode,
 type a CTRL-V first.  The mapping in Insert mode is disabled if the 'paste'
@@ -816,12 +828,10 @@ Here is an example that counts the number of spaces with <F4>: >
 	  let &selection = "inclusive"
 	  let reg_save = @@
 
-	  if a:0  " Invoked from Visual mode, use '< and '> marks.
-	    silent exe "normal! `<" . a:type . "`>y"
+	  if a:0  " Invoked from Visual mode, use gv command.
+	    silent exe "normal! gvy"
 	  elseif a:type == 'line'
 	    silent exe "normal! '[V']y"
-	  elseif a:type == 'block'
-	    silent exe "normal! `[\<C-V>`]y"
 	  else
 	    silent exe "normal! `[v`]y"
 	  endif

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 17
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ gg			Goto line [count], default first line, on the first
 			See also 'startofline' option.  {not in Vi}
 
 :[range]go[to] [count]					*:go* *:goto* *go*
-[count]go		Go to {count} byte in the buffer.  Default [count] is
+[count]go		Go to [count] byte in the buffer.  Default [count] is
 			one, start of the file.  When giving [range], the
 			last number in it used as the byte count.  End-of-line
 			characters are counted depending on the current

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 22
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'backupdir'* *'bdir'*
 'backupdir' 'bdir'	string	(default for Amiga: ".,t:",
-				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,c:/tmp,c:/temp"
+				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:/tmp,c:/temp"
 				 for Unix: ".,~/tmp,~/")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -1200,6 +1200,38 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	break if 'linebreak' is on.  Only works for ASCII and also for 8-bit
 	characters when 'encoding' is an 8-bit encoding.
 
+						*'breakindent'* *'bri'*
+'breakindent' 'bri'	boolean (default off)
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
+			feature}
+	Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
+	space as the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal blocks
+	of text.
+
+						*'breakindentopt'* *'briopt'*
+'breakindentopt' 'briopt' string (default empty)
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
+			feature}
+	Settings for 'breakindent'. It can consist of the following optional
+	items and must be seperated by a comma:
+		min:{n}	    Minimum text width that will be kept after
+			    applying 'breakindent', even if the resulting
+			    text should normally be narrower. This prevents
+			    text indented almost to the right window border
+			    occupying lot of vertical space when broken.
+		shift:{n}   After applying 'breakindent', wrapped line
+			    beginning will be shift by given number of
+			    characters. It permits dynamic French paragraph
+			    indentation (negative) or emphasizing the line
+			    continuation (positive).
+		sbr	    Display the 'showbreak' value before applying the 
+			    additional indent.
+	The default value for min is 20 and shift is 0.
+
 						*'browsedir'* *'bsdir'*
 'browsedir' 'bsdir'	string	(default: "last")
 			global
@@ -2477,7 +2509,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'directory'* *'dir'*
 'directory' 'dir'	string	(default for Amiga: ".,t:",
-				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,c:\tmp,c:\temp"
+				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:\tmp,c:\temp"
 				 for Unix: ".,~/tmp,/var/tmp,/tmp")
 			global
 	List of directory names for the swap file, separated with commas.
@@ -3920,12 +3952,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'history'* *'hi'*
-'history' 'hi'		number	(Vim default: 20, Vi default: 0)
+'history' 'hi'		number	(Vim default: 50, Vi default: 0)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	A history of ":" commands, and a history of previous search patterns
-	are remembered.  This option decides how many entries may be stored in
+	is remembered.  This option decides how many entries may be stored in
 	each of these histories (see |cmdline-editing|).
+	The maximum value is 10000.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
@@ -4492,6 +4525,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	be able to execute Normal mode commands.
 	This is the opposite of the 'keymap' option, where characters are
 	mapped in Insert mode.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
 
 	Example (for Greek, in UTF-8):				*greek*  >
 	    :set langmap=ΑA,ΒB,ΨC,ΔD,ΕE,ΦF,ΓG,ΗH,ΙI,ΞJ,ΚK,ΛL,ΜM,ΝN,ΟO,ΠP,QQ,ΡR,ΣS,ΤT,ΘU,ΩV,WW,ΧX,ΥY,ΖZ,αa,βb,ψc,δd,εe,φf,γg,ηh,ιi,ξj,κk,λl,μm,νn,οo,πp,qq,ρr,σs,τt,θu,ωv,ςw,χx,υy,ζz
@@ -4572,12 +4607,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
 			feature}
-	If on Vim will wrap long lines at a character in 'breakat' rather
+	If on, Vim will wrap long lines at a character in 'breakat' rather
 	than at the last character that fits on the screen.  Unlike
 	'wrapmargin' and 'textwidth', this does not insert <EOL>s in the file,
-	it only affects the way the file is displayed, not its contents.  The
-	value of 'showbreak' is used to put in front of wrapped lines.
-	This option is not used when the 'wrap' option is off or 'list' is on.
+	it only affects the way the file is displayed, not its contents.
+	If 'breakindent' is set, line is visually indented. Then, the value
+	of 'showbreak' is used to put in front of wrapped lines. This option
+	is not used when the 'wrap' option is off or 'list' is on.
 	Note that <Tab> characters after an <EOL> are mostly not displayed
 	with the right amount of white space.
 
@@ -4629,7 +4665,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'lispwords'* *'lw'*
 'lispwords' 'lw'	string	(default is very long)
-			global
+			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+lispindent|
 			feature}
@@ -4757,8 +4793,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	Program to use for the ":make" command.  See |:make_makeprg|.
-	This option may contain '%' and '#' characters, which are expanded to
-	the current and alternate file name. |:_%| |:_#|
+	This option may contain '%' and '#' characters (see  |:_%| and |:_#|), 
+	which are expanded to the current and alternate file name.  Use |::S| 
+	to escape file names in case they contain special characters.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.  See |option-backslash|
 	about including spaces and backslashes.
 	Note that a '|' must be escaped twice: once for ":set" and once for
@@ -6251,6 +6288,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  A	don't give the "ATTENTION" message when an existing swap file
 		is found.
 	  I	don't give the intro message when starting Vim |:intro|.
+	  c	don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages.  For example,
+		"-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only match",
+		"Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
 
 	This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
 	requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
@@ -6555,6 +6595,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	region by listing them: "en_us,en_ca" supports both US and Canadian
 	English, but not words specific for Australia, New Zealand or Great
 	Britain.
+	If the name "cjk" is included East Asian characters are excluded from
+	spell checking.  This is useful when editing text that also has Asian
+	words.
 							*E757*
 	As a special case the name of a .spl file can be given as-is.  The
 	first "_xx" in the name is removed and used as the region name
@@ -6615,6 +6658,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			top of the suggestion list with the internal methods.
 			Lines without a slash are ignored, use this for
 			comments.
+			The word in the second column must be correct,
+			otherwise it will not be used.  Add the word to an
+			".add" file if it is currently flagged as a spelling
+			mistake.
 			The file is used for all languages.
 
 	expr:{expr}	Evaluate expression {expr}.  Use a function to avoid
@@ -6878,6 +6925,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	immediately deleted.  When 'swapfile' is set, and 'updatecount' is
 	non-zero, a swap file is immediately created.
 	Also see |swap-file| and |'swapsync'|.
+	If you want to open a new buffer without creating a swap file for it,
+	use the |:noswapfile| modifier.
 
 	This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'buftype' to
 	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
@@ -7498,8 +7547,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				"s"  = button state
 				"c"  = column plus 33
 				"r"  = row plus 33
-			This only works up to 223 columns!  See "dec" for a
-			solution.
+			This only works up to 223 columns!  See "dec",
+			"urxvt", and "sgr" for solutions.
 	   xterm2	Works like "xterm", but with the xterm reporting the
 			mouse position while the mouse is dragged.  This works
 			much faster and more precise.  Your xterm must at
@@ -7521,29 +7570,35 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   pterm	QNX pterm mouse handling.
 							*urxvt-mouse*
 	   urxvt	Mouse handling for the urxvt (rxvt-unicode) terminal.
+			The mouse works only if the terminal supports this
+			encoding style, but it does not have 223 columns limit
+			unlike "xterm" or "xterm2".
 							*sgr-mouse*
 	   sgr		Mouse handling for the terminal that emits SGR-styled
-			mouse reporting. Works with xterm version 277 or
-			later.
+			mouse reporting.  The mouse works even in columns
+			beyond 223.  This option is backward compatible with
+			"xterm2" because it can also decode "xterm2" style
+			mouse codes.
 
 	The mouse handling must be enabled at compile time |+mouse_xterm|
-	|+mouse_dec| |+mouse_netterm|.
+	|+mouse_dec| |+mouse_netterm| |+mouse_jsbterm| |+mouse_urxvt|
+	|+mouse_sgr|.
 	Only "xterm"(2) is really recognized.  NetTerm mouse codes are always
 	recognized, if enabled at compile time.  DEC terminal mouse codes
 	are recognized if enabled at compile time, and 'ttymouse' is not
-	"xterm" (because the xterm and dec mouse codes conflict).
+	"xterm", "xterm2", "urxvt" or "sgr" (because dec mouse codes conflict
+	with them).
 	This option is automatically set to "xterm", when the 'term' option is
-	set to a name that starts with "xterm", and 'ttymouse' is not "xterm"
-	or "xterm2" already.  The main use of this option is to set it to
-	"xterm", when the terminal name doesn't start with "xterm", but it can
-	handle xterm mouse codes.
-	The "sgr" value will be set if the xterm version is 277 or later.
+	set to a name that starts with "xterm", "mlterm", or "screen", and
+	'ttymouse' is not set already.
+	Additionally, if vim is compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and
+	|t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the xterm version
+	number, more intelligent detection process runs.
 	The "xterm2" value will be set if the xterm version is reported to be
-	95 or higher.  This only works when compiled with the |+termresponse|
-	feature and if |t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the
-	xterm version number.  Otherwise "xterm2" must be set explicitly.
-	If you do not want 'ttymouse' to be set to "xterm2" automatically, set
-	t_RV to an empty string: >
+	from 95 to 276.  The "sgr" value will be set if the xterm version is
+	277 or highter.
+	If you do not want 'ttymouse' to be set to "xterm2" or "sgr"
+	automatically, set t_RV to an empty string: >
 		:set t_RV=
 <
 						*'ttyscroll'* *'tsl'*
@@ -7594,7 +7649,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'undolevels'* *'ul'*
 'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS,
 						Win32 and OS/2)
-			global
+			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	Maximum number of changes that can be undone.  Since undo information
 	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used
@@ -7605,8 +7660,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	But you can also get Vi compatibility by including the 'u' flag in
 	'cpoptions', and still be able to use CTRL-R to repeat undo.
 	Also see |undo-two-ways|.
-	Set to a negative number for no undo at all: >
-		set ul=-1
+	Set to -1 for no undo at all.  You might want to do this only for the
+	current buffer: >
+		setlocal ul=-1
 <	This helps when you run out of memory for a single change.
 	Also see |clear-undo|.
 

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 22
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -764,6 +764,22 @@ GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 
 9. VMS related changes					*vms-changes*
 
+Version 7.4 
+- Undo: VMS can not handle more than one dot in the filenames use "dir/name" -> "dir/_un_name" 
+  add _un_ at the beginning to keep the extension
+- correct swap file name wildcard handling
+- handle iconv usage correctly
+- do not optimize on vax - otherwise it hangs compiling crypto files
+- fileio.c fix the comment
+- correct RealWaitForChar 
+- after 7.4-119 use different functions lib$cvtf_to_internal_time because Alpha and VAX have
+  G_FLOAT but IA64 uses IEEE float otherwise Vim crashes
+- guard agains crashes that are caused by mixed filenames
+- [TESTDIR]make_vms.mms changed to see the output files
+- Improve tests, update known issues
+- minor compiler warnings fixed
+- CTAGS 5.8 +regex included
+
 Version 7.3
 - CTAGS 5.8 included
 - VMS compile warnings fixed - floating-point overflow warning corrected on VAX

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ the default value of 'term' from the environment variable "TERM".
 $PATH							*win32-PATH*
 
 The directory of the Vim executable is appended to $PATH.  This is mostly to
-make "!xxd' work, as it is in the Tools menu.  And it also means that when
+make "!xxd" work, as it is in the Tools menu.  And it also means that when
 executable() returns 1 the executable can actually be executed.
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 06
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -192,10 +192,10 @@ affected.
 An example of how to search for matches with a pattern and change the match
 with another word: >
 	/foo<CR>	find "foo"
-	c//e		change until end of match
+	c//e<CR>	change until end of match
 	bar<Esc>	type replacement
 	//<CR>		go to start of next match
-	c//e		change until end of match
+	c//e<CR>	change until end of match
 	beep<Esc>	type another replacement
 			etc.
 <
@@ -545,6 +545,7 @@ Character classes {not in Vi}:				*/character-classes*
 |/\%u|	\%u	\%u	match specified multibyte character (eg \%u20ac)
 |/\%U|	\%U	\%U	match specified large multibyte character (eg
 			\%U12345678)
+|/\%C|	\%C	\%C	match any composing characters
 
 Example			matches ~
 \<\I\i*		or
@@ -1207,12 +1208,18 @@ will probably never match.
 8. Composing characters					*patterns-composing*
 
 							*/\Z*
-When "\Z" appears anywhere in the pattern, composing characters are ignored.
-Thus only the base characters need to match, the composing characters may be
-different and the number of composing characters may differ.  Only relevant
-when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
+When "\Z" appears anywhere in the pattern, all composing characters are
+ignored.  Thus only the base characters need to match, the composing
+characters may be different and the number of composing characters may differ.
+Only relevant when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
 Exception: If the pattern starts with one or more composing characters, these
 must match.
+							*/\%C*
+Use "\%C" to skip any composing characters.  For example, the pattern "a" does
+not match in "càt" (where the a has the composing character 0x0300), but
+"a\%C" does.  Note that this does not match "cát" (where the á is character
+0xe1, it does not have a compositing character).  It does match "cat" (where
+the a is just an a).
 
 When a composing character appears at the start of the pattern of after an
 item that doesn't include the composing character, a match is found at any
@@ -1325,7 +1332,7 @@ Finally, these constructs are unique to Perl:
 		patterns defined by both |matchadd()| and |:match|.
 
 		Highlighting matches using |:match| are limited to three
-		matches (aside from |:match|, |:2match| and |:3match|are
+		matches (aside from |:match|, |:2match| and |:3match| are
 		available). |matchadd()| does not have this limitation and in
 		addition makes it possible to prioritize matches.
 

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Apr 07
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2013 Nov 29
 >
 		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell
 <
@@ -385,6 +385,10 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 ==============================================================================
 9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
 
+v36 Apr 22, 2013 : * (glts) suggested use of plugin/**/*.vim instead of
+		     plugin/*.vim in globpath() call.
+		   * (Andy Wokula) got warning message when setting
+		     g:loaded_getscriptPlugin
 v35 Apr 07, 2012 : * (MengHuan Yu) pointed out that the script url has
 		     changed (somewhat).  However, it doesn't work, and
 		     the original one does (under Linux). I'll make it

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 03
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ command with 'l'.
 			the current window is used instead of the quickfix
 			list.
 
-							*:caddb* *:caddbuffer*
-:caddb[uffer] [bufnr]	Read the error list from the current buffer and add
+							*:cad* *:caddbuffer*
+:cad[dbuffer] [bufnr]	Read the error list from the current buffer and add
 			the errors to the current quickfix list.  If a
 			quickfix list is not present, then a new list is
 			created. Otherwise, same as ":cbuffer".
@@ -240,8 +240,8 @@ command with 'l'.
 :lgete[xpr] {expr}	Same as |:cgetexpr|, except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
-							*:cad* *:caddexpr*
-:cad[dexpr] {expr}	Evaluate {expr} and add the resulting lines to the
+							*:cadde* *:caddexpr*
+:cadde[xpr] {expr}	Evaluate {expr} and add the resulting lines to the
 			current quickfix list. If a quickfix list is not
 			present, then a new list is created. The current
 			cursor position will not be changed. See |:cexpr| for
@@ -304,18 +304,23 @@ use this code: >
 
 					    *:cope* *:copen* *w:quickfix_title*
 :cope[n] [height]	Open a window to show the current list of errors.
+
 			When [height] is given, the window becomes that high
-			(if there is room).  Otherwise the window is made ten
-			lines high.
-			The window will contain a special buffer, with
-			'buftype' equal to "quickfix".  Don't change this!
+			(if there is room).  When [height] is omitted the
+			window is made ten lines high.
+
 			If there already is a quickfix window, it will be made
 			the current window.  It is not possible to open a
-			second quickfix window. The window will have the
-			w:quickfix_title variable set which will indicate the
-			command that produced the quickfix list. This can be
-			used to compose a custom status line if the value of
-			'statusline' is adjusted properly.
+			second quickfix window.  If [height] is given the
+			existing window will be resized to it.
+
+			The window will contain a special buffer, with
+			'buftype' equal to "quickfix".  Don't change this!
+			The window will have the w:quickfix_title variable set
+			which will indicate the command that produced the
+			quickfix list. This can be used to compose a custom
+			status line if the value of 'statusline' is adjusted
+			properly.
 
 							*:lop* *:lopen*
 :lop[en] [height]	Open a window to show the location list for the
@@ -838,7 +843,7 @@ Unfortunately, there is no standard way to run the tests.
 The alltests.py script seems to be used quite often, that's all.
 Useful values for the 'makeprg' options therefore are:
  setlocal makeprg=./alltests.py " Run a testsuite
- setlocal makeprg=python %      " Run a single testcase
+ setlocal makeprg=python\ %:S   " Run a single testcase
 
 Also see http://vim.sourceforge.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=280.
 
@@ -1332,7 +1337,7 @@ or: >
 Here is an alternative from Michael F. Lamb for Unix that filters the errors
 first: >
   :setl errorformat=%Z%f:%l:\ %m,%A%p^,%-G%*[^sl]%.%#
-  :setl makeprg=javac\ %\ 2>&1\ \\\|\ vim-javac-filter
+  :setl makeprg=javac\ %:S\ 2>&1\ \\\|\ vim-javac-filter
 
 You need to put the following in "vim-javac-filter" somewhere in your path
 (e.g., in ~/bin) and make it executable: >

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jun 29
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -624,6 +624,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'bioskey'	  'biosk'   MS-DOS: use bios calls for input characters
 'bomb'			    prepend a Byte Order Mark to the file
 'breakat'	  'brk'     characters that may cause a line break
+'breakindent'	  'bri'     wrapped line repeats indent 
+'breakindentopt'  'briopt'  settings for 'breakindent'
 'browsedir'	  'bsdir'   which directory to start browsing in
 'bufhidden'	  'bh'	    what to do when buffer is no longer in window
 'buflisted'	  'bl'	    whether the buffer shows up in the buffer list

runtime/doc/recover.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*recover.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*recover.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -81,7 +81,14 @@ the amount of memory used to be higher than given with 'maxmem' or
 'maxmemtot'.  And when making a change to a read-only file, the swap file is
 created anyway.
 
-The 'swapfile' option can be reset to avoid creating a swapfile.
+The 'swapfile' option can be reset to avoid creating a swapfile.  And the
+|:noswapfile| modifier can be used to not create a swapfile for a new buffer.
+
+:nos[wapfile]   {command}			*:nos* *:noswapfile*
+		Execute {command}. If it contains a command that loads a new
+		buffer, it will be loaded without creating a swapfile and the
+		'swapfile' option will be reset.  If a buffer already had a
+		swapfile it is not removed and 'swapfile' is not reset.
 
 
 Detecting an existing swap file ~

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 25
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -26,10 +26,14 @@ Chapter 26 of the user manual introduces repeating |usr_26.txt|.
 
 Simple changes can be repeated with the "." command.  Without a count, the
 count of the last change is used.  If you enter a count, it will replace the
-last one.  If the last change included a specification of a numbered register,
-the register number will be incremented.  See |redo-register| for an example
-how to use this.  Note that when repeating a command that used a Visual
-selection, the same SIZE of area is used, see |visual-repeat|.
+last one.  |v:count| and |v:count1| will be set.
+
+If the last change included a specification of a numbered register, the
+register number will be incremented.  See |redo-register| for an example how
+to use this.
+
+Note that when repeating a command that used a Visual selection, the same SIZE
+of area is used, see |visual-repeat|.
 
 							*@:*
 @:			Repeat last command-line [count] times.
@@ -584,6 +588,12 @@ the |+reltime| feature, which is present more often.
 
 For profiling syntax highlighting see |:syntime|.
 
+For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
+	:profile start /tmp/one_script_profile
+	:profile file one_script.vim
+	:source one_script.vim
+	:exit
+
 
 :prof[ile] start {fname}			*:prof* *:profile* *E750*
 		Start profiling, write the output in {fname} upon exit.
@@ -608,8 +618,10 @@ For profiling syntax highlighting see |:syntime|.
 		This only profiles the script itself, not the functions
 		defined in it.
 		When the [!] is added then all functions defined in the script
-		will also be profiled.  But only if the script is loaded after
-		this command.
+		will also be profiled.
+		Note that profiling only starts when the script is loaded
+		after this command.  A :profile command in the script itself
+		won't work.
 
 
 :profd[el] ...						*:profd* *:profdel*

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Jul 10
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -137,6 +137,7 @@ PLACING SIGNS						*:sign-place* *E158*
 :sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} buffer={nr}
 		Same, but use buffer {nr}.
 
+							*E885*
 :sign place {id} name={name} file={fname}
 		Change the placed sign {id} in file {fname} to use the defined
 		sign {name}.  See remark above about {fname} |:sign-fname|.
@@ -173,7 +174,7 @@ REMOVING SIGNS						*:sign-unplace* *E159*
 		Remove the placed sign at the cursor position.
 
 
-LISTING PLACED SIGNS
+LISTING PLACED SIGNS					*:sign-place-list*
 
 :sign place file={fname}
 		List signs placed in file {fname}.

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 17
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Nov 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -269,6 +269,13 @@ In a table:
 	latin1		yi		transliterated Yiddish
 	utf-8		yi-tr		transliterated Yiddish
 
+							*spell-cjk*
+Chinese, Japanese and other East Asian characters are normally marked as
+errors, because spell checking of these characters is not supported. If
+'spelllang' includes "cjk", these characters are not marked as errors.  This
+is useful when editing text with spell checking while some Asian words are
+present.
+
 
 SPELL FILES						*spell-load*
 

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 20
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -167,7 +167,10 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 							*-+/*
 +/{pat}		The cursor will be positioned on the first line containing
 		"pat" in the first file being edited (see |pattern| for the
-		available search patterns).
+		available search patterns).  The search starts at the cursor
+		position, which can be the first line or the cursor position
+		last used from |viminfo|. To force a search from the first
+		line use "+1 +/pat".
 
 +{command}						*-+c* *-c*
 -c {command}	{command} will be executed after the first file has been
@@ -1276,8 +1279,10 @@ triggered.
 			When [!] is included an existing file is overwritten.
 			When [file] is omitted or is a number from 1 to 9, a
 			name is generated and 'viewdir' prepended.  When the
-			last directory name in 'viewdir' does not exist, this
-			directory is created.
+			last path part of 'viewdir' does not exist, this
+			directory is created.  E.g., when 'viewdir' is
+			"$VIM/vimfiles/view" then "view" is created in
+			"$VIM/vimfiles".
 			An existing file is always overwritten then.  Use
 			|:loadview| to load this view again.
 			When [file] is the name of a file ('viewdir' is not

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 22
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1022,6 +1022,21 @@ Or to avoid the highlighting: >
 This works immediately.
 
 
+CLOJURE							*ft-clojure-syntax*
+
+Setting *g:clojure_fold* enables folding Clojure code via the syntax engine.
+Any list, vector, or map that extends over more than one line can be folded
+using the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
+
+Please note that this option does not work with scripts that redefine the
+bracket syntax regions, such as rainbow-parentheses plugins.
+
+This option is off by default.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_fold = 0
+<
+
 COBOL						*cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
 
 COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
@@ -1281,6 +1296,32 @@ Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants.  To handle them, add >
 to your startup file.
 
 
+EUPHORIA	    *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
+
+Two syntax highlighting files exists for Euphoria. One for Euphoria 
+version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for 
+Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
+
+Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary 
+for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4 
+(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
+
+The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type: 
+    
+	*.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
+	*.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
+
+To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for 
+auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
+add the following line to your startup file: >
+
+	:let filetype_euphoria="euphoria3"
+
+	or 
+
+	:let filetype_euphoria="euphoria4"
+
+
 ERLANG						*erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
 
 Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson.  Files with
@@ -1918,7 +1959,7 @@ If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
 There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
 used ones.  Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
 and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
-asserts the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
+assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
 you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
 
 	:let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
@@ -2238,7 +2279,7 @@ files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
 
 	:let perl_include_pod = 0
 
-The reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
+To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
 off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
 
 To handle package references in variable and function names not differently

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 %	motion.txt	/*%*
 %:.	cmdline.txt	/*%:.*
 %:8	cmdline.txt	/*%:8*
+%:S	cmdline.txt	/*%:S*
 %:e	cmdline.txt	/*%:e*
 %:gs	cmdline.txt	/*%:gs*
 %:h	cmdline.txt	/*%:h*
@@ -90,6 +91,10 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'bl'	options.txt	/*'bl'*
 'bomb'	options.txt	/*'bomb'*
 'breakat'	options.txt	/*'breakat'*
+'breakindent'	options.txt	/*'breakindent'*
+'breakindentopt'	options.txt	/*'breakindentopt'*
+'bri'	options.txt	/*'bri'*
+'briopt'	options.txt	/*'briopt'*
 'brk'	options.txt	/*'brk'*
 'browsedir'	options.txt	/*'browsedir'*
 'bs'	options.txt	/*'bs'*
@@ -1200,6 +1205,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +mouse	various.txt	/*+mouse*
 +mouse_dec	various.txt	/*+mouse_dec*
 +mouse_gpm	various.txt	/*+mouse_gpm*
++mouse_jsbterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_jsbterm*
 +mouse_netterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_netterm*
 +mouse_pterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_pterm*
 +mouse_sgr	various.txt	/*+mouse_sgr*
@@ -1414,6 +1420,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 /\%>c	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%>c*
 /\%>l	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%>l*
 /\%>v	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%>v*
+/\%C	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%C*
 /\%U	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%U*
 /\%V	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%V*
 /\%[]	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%[]*
@@ -1788,6 +1795,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :3match	pattern.txt	/*:3match*
 ::.	cmdline.txt	/*::.*
 ::8	cmdline.txt	/*::8*
+::S	cmdline.txt	/*::S*
 ::e	cmdline.txt	/*::e*
 ::gs	cmdline.txt	/*::gs*
 ::h	cmdline.txt	/*::h*
@@ -1827,6 +1835,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :GnatPretty	ft_ada.txt	/*:GnatPretty*
 :GnatTags	ft_ada.txt	/*:GnatTags*
 :Hexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Hexplore*
+:Lexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Lexplore*
 :Man	filetype.txt	/*:Man*
 :MkVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:MkVimball*
 :N	editing.txt	/*:N*
@@ -1838,6 +1847,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :Nread	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nread*
 :Ns	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Ns*
 :Nsource	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nsource*
+:Ntree	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Ntree*
 :Nw	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nw*
 :Nwrite	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Nwrite*
 :P	various.txt	/*:P*
@@ -1969,8 +1979,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :cabc	map.txt	/*:cabc*
 :cabclear	map.txt	/*:cabclear*
 :cad	quickfix.txt	/*:cad*
-:caddb	quickfix.txt	/*:caddb*
 :caddbuffer	quickfix.txt	/*:caddbuffer*
+:cadde	quickfix.txt	/*:cadde*
 :caddexpr	quickfix.txt	/*:caddexpr*
 :caddf	quickfix.txt	/*:caddf*
 :caddfile	quickfix.txt	/*:caddfile*
@@ -2214,6 +2224,9 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :foldopen	fold.txt	/*:foldopen*
 :for	eval.txt	/*:for*
 :fu	eval.txt	/*:fu*
+:func-abort	eval.txt	/*:func-abort*
+:func-dict	eval.txt	/*:func-dict*
+:func-range	eval.txt	/*:func-range*
 :function	eval.txt	/*:function*
 :function-verbose	eval.txt	/*:function-verbose*
 :g	repeat.txt	/*:g*
@@ -2300,6 +2313,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :keepj	motion.txt	/*:keepj*
 :keepjumps	motion.txt	/*:keepjumps*
 :keepmarks	motion.txt	/*:keepmarks*
+:keepp	cmdline.txt	/*:keepp*
+:keeppatterns	cmdline.txt	/*:keeppatterns*
 :l	various.txt	/*:l*
 :lN	quickfix.txt	/*:lN*
 :lNext	quickfix.txt	/*:lNext*
@@ -2491,6 +2506,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :nbkey	netbeans.txt	/*:nbkey*
 :nbstart	netbeans.txt	/*:nbstart*
 :ne	editing.txt	/*:ne*
+:netrw-s-cr	pi_netrw.txt	/*:netrw-s-cr*
 :new	windows.txt	/*:new*
 :next	editing.txt	/*:next*
 :next_f	editing.txt	/*:next_f*
@@ -2511,8 +2527,11 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :noautocmd	autocmd.txt	/*:noautocmd*
 :noh	pattern.txt	/*:noh*
 :nohlsearch	pattern.txt	/*:nohlsearch*
+:nor	map.txt	/*:nor*
+:nore	map.txt	/*:nore*
 :norea	map.txt	/*:norea*
 :noreabbrev	map.txt	/*:noreabbrev*
+:norem	map.txt	/*:norem*
 :noremap	map.txt	/*:noremap*
 :noremap!	map.txt	/*:noremap!*
 :noreme	gui.txt	/*:noreme*
@@ -2520,6 +2539,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :norm	various.txt	/*:norm*
 :normal	various.txt	/*:normal*
 :normal-range	various.txt	/*:normal-range*
+:nos	recover.txt	/*:nos*
+:noswapfile	recover.txt	/*:noswapfile*
 :nu	various.txt	/*:nu*
 :number	various.txt	/*:number*
 :nun	map.txt	/*:nun*
@@ -2740,6 +2761,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :sign-jump	sign.txt	/*:sign-jump*
 :sign-list	sign.txt	/*:sign-list*
 :sign-place	sign.txt	/*:sign-place*
+:sign-place-list	sign.txt	/*:sign-place-list*
 :sign-undefine	sign.txt	/*:sign-undefine*
 :sign-unplace	sign.txt	/*:sign-unplace*
 :sil	various.txt	/*:sil*
@@ -4296,6 +4318,11 @@ E878	pattern.txt	/*E878*
 E879	syntax.txt	/*E879*
 E88	windows.txt	/*E88*
 E880	if_pyth.txt	/*E880*
+E881	autocmd.txt	/*E881*
+E882	eval.txt	/*E882*
+E883	eval.txt	/*E883*
+E884	eval.txt	/*E884*
+E885	sign.txt	/*E885*
 E89	message.txt	/*E89*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
 E91	options.txt	/*E91*
@@ -4425,6 +4452,13 @@ Operator-pending-mode	intro.txt	/*Operator-pending-mode*
 OverTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OverTheSpot*
 P	change.txt	/*P*
 PATHEXT	eval.txt	/*PATHEXT*
+PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel	indent.txt	/*PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel*
+PHP_autoformatcomment	indent.txt	/*PHP_autoformatcomment*
+PHP_default_indenting	indent.txt	/*PHP_default_indenting*
+PHP_outdentSLComments	indent.txt	/*PHP_outdentSLComments*
+PHP_outdentphpescape	indent.txt	/*PHP_outdentphpescape*
+PHP_removeCRwhenUnix	indent.txt	/*PHP_removeCRwhenUnix*
+PHP_vintage_case_default_indent	indent.txt	/*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
 Pattern	pattern.txt	/*Pattern*
 Perl	if_perl.txt	/*Perl*
 Posix	intro.txt	/*Posix*
@@ -4768,6 +4802,7 @@ argidx()	eval.txt	/*argidx()*
 arglist	editing.txt	/*arglist*
 arglist-position	editing.txt	/*arglist-position*
 arglist-quit	usr_07.txt	/*arglist-quit*
+arglistid()	eval.txt	/*arglistid()*
 argument-list	editing.txt	/*argument-list*
 argv()	eval.txt	/*argv()*
 as	motion.txt	/*as*
@@ -4902,6 +4937,7 @@ builtin_terms	term.txt	/*builtin_terms*
 byte-count	editing.txt	/*byte-count*
 byte2line()	eval.txt	/*byte2line()*
 byteidx()	eval.txt	/*byteidx()*
+byteidxcomp()	eval.txt	/*byteidxcomp()*
 bzip2	pi_gzip.txt	/*bzip2*
 c	change.txt	/*c*
 c.vim	syntax.txt	/*c.vim*
@@ -5352,6 +5388,7 @@ diW	motion.txt	/*diW*
 dialog	gui_w32.txt	/*dialog*
 dialogs-added	version5.txt	/*dialogs-added*
 dib	motion.txt	/*dib*
+dict	eval.txt	/*dict*
 dict-functions	usr_41.txt	/*dict-functions*
 dict-identity	eval.txt	/*dict-identity*
 dict-modification	eval.txt	/*dict-modification*
@@ -5460,6 +5497,8 @@ errors	message.txt	/*errors*
 escape	intro.txt	/*escape*
 escape()	eval.txt	/*escape()*
 escape-bar	version4.txt	/*escape-bar*
+euphoria3.vim	syntax.txt	/*euphoria3.vim*
+euphoria4.vim	syntax.txt	/*euphoria4.vim*
 eval	eval.txt	/*eval*
 eval()	eval.txt	/*eval()*
 eval-examples	eval.txt	/*eval-examples*
@@ -5494,6 +5533,7 @@ exclusive	motion.txt	/*exclusive*
 exclusive-linewise	motion.txt	/*exclusive-linewise*
 executable()	eval.txt	/*executable()*
 execute-menus	gui.txt	/*execute-menus*
+exepath()	eval.txt	/*exepath()*
 exim	starting.txt	/*exim*
 exists()	eval.txt	/*exists()*
 exp()	eval.txt	/*exp()*
@@ -5710,6 +5750,7 @@ ft-changelog-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-changelog-plugin*
 ft-changelog-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-changelog-syntax*
 ft-chill-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-chill-syntax*
 ft-clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-clojure-indent*
+ft-clojure-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-clojure-syntax*
 ft-cobol-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cobol-syntax*
 ft-coldfusion-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-coldfusion-syntax*
 ft-cpp-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cpp-syntax*
@@ -5726,6 +5767,7 @@ ft-dosbatch-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dosbatch-syntax*
 ft-dtd-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dtd-syntax*
 ft-eiffel-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-eiffel-syntax*
 ft-erlang-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-erlang-syntax*
+ft-euphoria-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-euphoria-syntax*
 ft-flexwiki-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-flexwiki-syntax*
 ft-form-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-form-syntax*
 ft-fortran-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-fortran-indent*
@@ -5878,6 +5920,8 @@ g:ada_standard_types	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_standard_types*
 g:ada_with_gnat_project_files	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_with_gnat_project_files*
 g:ada_withuse_ordinary	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
 g:clojure_align_multiline_strings	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
+g:clojure_align_subforms	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_align_subforms*
+g:clojure_fold	syntax.txt	/*g:clojure_fold*
 g:clojure_fuzzy_indent	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
 g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
 g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
@@ -5926,6 +5970,7 @@ g:html_use_css	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_css*
 g:html_use_encoding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_encoding*
 g:html_use_xhtml	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_xhtml*
 g:html_whole_filler	syntax.txt	/*g:html_whole_filler*
+g:netrw_altfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altfile*
 g:netrw_alto	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_alto*
 g:netrw_altv	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altv*
 g:netrw_banner	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_banner*
@@ -5946,6 +5991,7 @@ g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen*
 g:netrw_errorlvl	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_errorlvl*
 g:netrw_fastbrowse	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fastbrowse*
 g:netrw_fetch_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fetch_cmd*
+g:netrw_ffkeep	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ffkeep*
 g:netrw_fname_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fname_escape*
 g:netrw_ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp*
 g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*
@@ -5960,6 +6006,7 @@ g:netrw_glob_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_glob_escape*
 g:netrw_hide	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_hide*
 g:netrw_home	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_home*
 g:netrw_http_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_cmd*
+g:netrw_http_put_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_put_cmd*
 g:netrw_http_xcmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_xcmd*
 g:netrw_ignorenetrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ignorenetrc*
 g:netrw_keepdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_keepdir*
@@ -6089,6 +6136,7 @@ getcharmod()	eval.txt	/*getcharmod()*
 getcmdline()	eval.txt	/*getcmdline()*
 getcmdpos()	eval.txt	/*getcmdpos()*
 getcmdtype()	eval.txt	/*getcmdtype()*
+getcurpos()	eval.txt	/*getcurpos()*
 getcwd()	eval.txt	/*getcwd()*
 getfontname()	eval.txt	/*getfontname()*
 getfperm()	eval.txt	/*getfperm()*
@@ -6360,6 +6408,7 @@ hl-WarningMsg	syntax.txt	/*hl-WarningMsg*
 hl-WildMenu	syntax.txt	/*hl-WildMenu*
 hlID()	eval.txt	/*hlID()*
 hlexists()	eval.txt	/*hlexists()*
+hlsearch-variable	eval.txt	/*hlsearch-variable*
 holy-grail	index.txt	/*holy-grail*
 home	intro.txt	/*home*
 home-replace	editing.txt	/*home-replace*
@@ -6671,6 +6720,7 @@ linewise-register	change.txt	/*linewise-register*
 linewise-visual	visual.txt	/*linewise-visual*
 lisp.vim	syntax.txt	/*lisp.vim*
 lispindent()	eval.txt	/*lispindent()*
+list	eval.txt	/*list*
 list-functions	usr_41.txt	/*list-functions*
 list-identity	eval.txt	/*list-identity*
 list-index	eval.txt	/*list-index*
@@ -6782,6 +6832,7 @@ match()	eval.txt	/*match()*
 match-highlight	pattern.txt	/*match-highlight*
 match-parens	tips.txt	/*match-parens*
 matchadd()	eval.txt	/*matchadd()*
+matchaddpos()	eval.txt	/*matchaddpos()*
 matcharg()	eval.txt	/*matcharg()*
 matchdelete()	eval.txt	/*matchdelete()*
 matchend()	eval.txt	/*matchend()*
@@ -6923,6 +6974,15 @@ netreadfixup	pi_netrw.txt	/*netreadfixup*
 netrw	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw*
 netrw-%	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-%*
 netrw--	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw--*
+netrw-:Explore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Explore*
+netrw-:Hexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Hexplore*
+netrw-:Lexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Lexplore*
+netrw-:MF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:MF*
+netrw-:MT	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:MT*
+netrw-:Rexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Rexplore*
+netrw-:Sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Sexplore*
+netrw-:Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Texplore*
+netrw-:Vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Vexplore*
 netrw-C	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-C*
 netrw-D	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-D*
 netrw-O	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-O*
@@ -6980,6 +7040,7 @@ netrw-gd	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gd*
 netrw-getftype	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-getftype*
 netrw-gf	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gf*
 netrw-gh	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gh*
+netrw-gitignore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gitignore*
 netrw-gp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gp*
 netrw-gx	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gx*
 netrw-handler	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-handler*
@@ -6994,6 +7055,7 @@ netrw-incompatible	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-incompatible*
 netrw-internal-variables	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-internal-variables*
 netrw-intro-browse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-intro-browse*
 netrw-leftmouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-leftmouse*
+netrw-lexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-lexplore*
 netrw-list	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-list*
 netrw-listbookmark	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listbookmark*
 netrw-listhack	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listhack*
@@ -7024,6 +7086,7 @@ netrw-netrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-netrc*
 netrw-nexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nexplore*
 netrw-noload	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-noload*
 netrw-nread	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nread*
+netrw-ntree	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ntree*
 netrw-nwrite	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nwrite*
 netrw-o	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-o*
 netrw-options	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-options*
@@ -7035,6 +7098,7 @@ netrw-p12	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p12*
 netrw-p13	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p13*
 netrw-p14	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p14*
 netrw-p15	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p15*
+netrw-p16	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p16*
 netrw-p2	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p2*
 netrw-p3	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p3*
 netrw-p4	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p4*
@@ -7376,6 +7440,7 @@ profile	repeat.txt	/*profile*
 profiling	repeat.txt	/*profiling*
 profiling-variable	eval.txt	/*profiling-variable*
 progname-variable	eval.txt	/*progname-variable*
+progpath-variable	eval.txt	/*progpath-variable*
 progress.vim	syntax.txt	/*progress.vim*
 pronounce	intro.txt	/*pronounce*
 psql	ft_sql.txt	/*psql*
@@ -7579,6 +7644,7 @@ s/\2	change.txt	/*s\/\\2*
 s/\3	change.txt	/*s\/\\3*
 s/\9	change.txt	/*s\/\\9*
 s/\<CR>	change.txt	/*s\/\\<CR>*
+s/\=	change.txt	/*s\/\\=*
 s/\E	change.txt	/*s\/\\E*
 s/\L	change.txt	/*s\/\\L*
 s/\U	change.txt	/*s\/\\U*
@@ -7789,6 +7855,7 @@ spell-affix-flags	spell.txt	/*spell-affix-flags*
 spell-affix-mbyte	spell.txt	/*spell-affix-mbyte*
 spell-affix-not-supported	spell.txt	/*spell-affix-not-supported*
 spell-affix-vim	spell.txt	/*spell-affix-vim*
+spell-cjk	spell.txt	/*spell-cjk*
 spell-compound	spell.txt	/*spell-compound*
 spell-dic-format	spell.txt	/*spell-dic-format*
 spell-double-scoring	spell.txt	/*spell-double-scoring*
@@ -7874,6 +7941,7 @@ strcspn()	eval.txt	/*strcspn()*
 strdisplaywidth()	eval.txt	/*strdisplaywidth()*
 strftime()	eval.txt	/*strftime()*
 stridx()	eval.txt	/*stridx()*
+string	eval.txt	/*string*
 string()	eval.txt	/*string()*
 string-functions	usr_41.txt	/*string-functions*
 string-match	eval.txt	/*string-match*
@@ -7938,6 +8006,7 @@ sysmouse	term.txt	/*sysmouse*
 system()	eval.txt	/*system()*
 system-functions	usr_41.txt	/*system-functions*
 system-vimrc	starting.txt	/*system-vimrc*
+systemlist()	eval.txt	/*systemlist()*
 s~	change.txt	/*s~*
 t	motion.txt	/*t*
 t:	eval.txt	/*t:*
@@ -8282,6 +8351,7 @@ undo_ftplugin	usr_41.txt	/*undo_ftplugin*
 undofile()	eval.txt	/*undofile()*
 undotree()	eval.txt	/*undotree()*
 unicode	mbyte.txt	/*unicode*
+uniq()	eval.txt	/*uniq()*
 unix	os_unix.txt	/*unix*
 unlisted-buffer	windows.txt	/*unlisted-buffer*
 up-down-motions	motion.txt	/*up-down-motions*
@@ -8366,6 +8436,7 @@ v:folddashes	eval.txt	/*v:folddashes*
 v:foldend	eval.txt	/*v:foldend*
 v:foldlevel	eval.txt	/*v:foldlevel*
 v:foldstart	eval.txt	/*v:foldstart*
+v:hlsearch	eval.txt	/*v:hlsearch*
 v:insertmode	eval.txt	/*v:insertmode*
 v:key	eval.txt	/*v:key*
 v:lang	eval.txt	/*v:lang*
@@ -8379,6 +8450,7 @@ v:operator	eval.txt	/*v:operator*
 v:prevcount	eval.txt	/*v:prevcount*
 v:profiling	eval.txt	/*v:profiling*
 v:progname	eval.txt	/*v:progname*
+v:progpath	eval.txt	/*v:progpath*
 v:register	eval.txt	/*v:register*
 v:scrollstart	eval.txt	/*v:scrollstart*
 v:searchforward	eval.txt	/*v:searchforward*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 28
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Oct 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -771,11 +771,11 @@ CTRL-W i		Open a new window, with the cursor on the first line
 
 							*:dli* *:dlist*
 :[range]dli[st][!] [/]string[/]
-			Like "[D"  and "]D", but search in [range] lines
+			Like `[D`  and `]D`, but search in [range] lines
 			(default: whole file).
 			See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].  {not in Vi}
-			Note that ":dl" works like ":delete" with the "l"
-			register.
+			Note that `:dl` works like `:delete` with the "l"
+			flag, not `:dlist`.
 
 							*[_CTRL-D*
 [ CTRL-D		Jump to the first macro definition that contains the

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Mar 13
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -666,8 +666,8 @@ When the X-server clipboard is available, the command server described in
 
 							*xterm-copy-paste*
 NOTE: In some (older) xterms, it's not possible to move the cursor past column
-95.  This is an xterm problem, not Vim's.  Get a newer xterm |color-xterm|.
-Now the limit is 223 columns.
+95 or 223.  This is an xterm problem, not Vim's.  Get a newer xterm
+|color-xterm|.  Also see |'ttymouse'|.
 
 Copy/paste in xterm with (current mode NOT included in 'mouse'):
 1. Press left mouse button on first letter of text, move mouse pointer to last

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Sep 22
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,119 +34,249 @@ not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-NFA engine mismatch, with example. (ZyX, 2013 Aug 29)
+Regexp problems:
+- Bug with pattern: '\vblock (\d+)\.\n.*\d+%(\1)@<!\.$'
+  (Lech Lorens, 2014 Feb 3)
+- Issue 164: freeze on regexp search.
+- Ignorecase not handled properly for multi-byte characters. (Axel Bender,
+  2013 Dec 11)
+- Using \@> and \?. (Brett Stahlman, 2013 Dec 21) Remark from Marcin Szamotulski
+  Remark from Brett 2014 Jan 6 and 7.
+- Bug when using \>. (Ramel, 2014 Feb 2) (Aaron Bohannon, 2014 Feb 13)
+- NFA regexp doesn't handle \%<v correctly. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 May 12)
+- Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
+  \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
 
-NFA engine difference, with test case. (Axel Bender, 2013 Sep 17)
-Comments from Vlad Irnov Sep 18.
+Problem that a previous silent ":throw" causes a following try/catch not to
+work. (ZyX, 2013 Sep 28)
 
-Problem positioning the cursor after auto-formatting without a comment. (Tor
-Perkins, 2013 Sep 1)
+Completion for :buf does not use 'wildignorecase'. (Akshay H, 2014 May 31)
 
-Patch to fix test 92 and 93 failing in a bad way. (Hirohito Higashi, 2013 Sep
-11)
-
-Patch to fix using "p" in Visual block mode. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Sep 19)
-
-Using \1 in pattern goes one line too far. (Bohr Shaw, 2013 Sep 5)
-Column is OK.  "/\v(^.+\n)\1/e" (John Little, Sep 5)
-Also, matches start of 2nd line, not the whole line.
-
-Error for incomplete help argument. (John Beckett, 2013 Sep 12)
-
-Popup menu: first item is not selected when typing more than one character?
-
-Patch to add async functionality. (Geoff Greer, 2013 Sep 1)
-
-Patch to avoid mouse cursor flickering. (Ken Takata,, 2013 Sep 2)
-
-Patch to make zg and zb work better. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Sep 8)
-
-Patch to fix that VC10 does not stat() a symlink to a directory.
-(Ken Takata,, 2013 Sep 20)  Update Sep 21
-
-Should win_redr_custom() not be allowed to use recursively?
-(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Aug 15)
-
-NFA engine combining character mismatch. (glts, 2013 Aug 27)
-Remark Dominique, Aug 27
-
-Patch to make Tcl 8.6 work. (Issue 167)
-
-Patch to make input() work while inside :normal. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Sep
-19)
+":cd C:\Windows\System32\drivers\etc*" does not work, even though the
+directory exists. (Sergio Gallelli, 2013 Dec 29)
 
 Problem using ":try" inside ":execute". (ZyX, 2013 Sep 15)
 
-Issue 164: freeze on regexp search.
-
 Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
 
-Patch to fix substitute prompt with line number. (Benoit Pierre, 2013 Aug 27,
-third message)
+Value returned by virtcol() changes depending on how lines wrap.  This is
+inconsistant with the documentation.
 
-Patch to avoid problem with colon in file name. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Sep
-5) Only copy file name when needed: Sep 9.
-
-Include systemverilog file?  Two votes yes.
-
-Wrapping around end of file does not work for "." after "cgn".  (Dimitar
-Dimitrov)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22
-
-Clang error for integer overflow. (Dominique Pelle, 2013 Sep 21)
-
-Patch to add v:hlsearch. (ZyX, 2013 Sep 22)
-
-Problem with 'spellsuggest' file, only works for some words.
-(Cesar Romani, 2013 Aug 20)  Depends on file name? (Aug 24)
-Additional remark by glts: the suggested words are marked bad?
+MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
+(Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
 
 Syntax highlighting slow (hangs) in SASS file. (Niek Bosch, 2013 Aug 21)
 
+Patch to translate 0xce in K_NUL 3. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 June 6)
+Update by Nobuhiro Takasaki, Jun 19.
+
 Adding "~" to 'cdpath' doesn't work for completion?  (Davido, 2013 Aug 19)
 
-Patch to make has() check for Vim version and patch at the same time.
-(Marc Weber, 2013 Jun 7)
+"hi link" does not respect groups with GUI settings only. (Mark Lodato, 2014
+Jun 8)
+
+Syntax file for gnuplot.  Existing one is very old. (Andrew Rasmussen, 2014
+Feb 24)
+
+Issue 174: Detect Mason files.
+
+No error for missing endwhile. (ZyX, 2014 Mar 20)
+
+Phpcomplete.vim update. (Complex, 2014 Jan 15)
+
+PHP syntax is extremely slow. (Anhad Jai Singh, 2014 Jan 19)
+
+Spell files use a latin single quote. Unicode also has another single quote:
+0x2019.  (Ron Aaron, 2014 Apr 4)
+New OpenOffice spell files support this with ICONV.  But they are not
+compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be downloaded.
+
+Win32: use different args for SearchPath()? (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2009 Jan 30)
+Also fixes wrong result from executable().
+Update from Ken Takata, 2014 Jan 10. Newer 2014 Apr 3.
+
+Win32: use 64 bit stat() if possible. (Ken Takata, 2014 May 12)
+More tests May 14. Update May 29.
+
+The garbage collector may use too much stack.  Make set_ref_in_item()
+iterative instead of recursive.   Test program by Marc Weber (2013 Dec 10)
+Patch by Ben Fritz, 2014 Jun 22.
+
+Idea: For a window in the middle (has window above and below it), use
+right-mouse-drag on the status line to move a window up/down without changing
+it's height?  It's like dragging the status bar above it at the same time.
+
+Can we make ":unlet $VAR" use unsetenv() to delete the env var?
+What for systems that don't have unsetenv()?
+
+This does not give an error: (Andre Sihera, 2014 Mar 21)
+    vim -u NONE 1 2 3 -c 'bufdo if 1 | echo 1'
+This neither: (ZyX)
+    vim -u NONE 1 2 3 -c 'bufdo while 1 | echo 1'
+
+'viewdir' default on MS-Windows is not a good choice, it's a system directory.
+Change 'viewdir' to "$HOME/vimfiles/view" and use 'viewdiralt' to also read
+from?
+
+Problem with upwards search on Windows (works OK on Linux). (Brett Stahlman,
+2014 Jun 8)
+
+When 'clipboard' is "unnamed", :g/pat/d is very slow.  Only set the clipboard
+after the last delete? (Praful, 2014 May 28)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2014 Jun 18.
+
+Include a plugin manager with Vim? Neobundle seems to be the best currently.
+Long message about this from ZyX, 2014 Mar 23.  And following replies.
+Also see http://vim-wiki.mawercer.de/wiki/topic/vim%20plugin%20managment.html
+User view:
+- Support multiple sources, basically any http:// URL.  Be able to look into
+  the files before deciding to install.
+- Be able to try out a plugin and remove it again with (almost) no traces.
+- Each plugin needs a "manifest" file that has the version, dependencies
+  (including Vim version and features), conflicts, list of files, etc.
+  Updater uses that to decide what/how to update.
+  Dependencies can use a URL for specific versions, or short name for scripts
+  on vim.org.
+- Once a plugin is installed it remembers where it came from, updater checks
+  there.  Can manually update when really needed.
+- Must be possible to install for one user.  Also system wide?
+- Can edit plugin config with Vim. Can temporarily disable a plugin.
+- Run the update manually, find latest version and install.
+- Be able to download without special tools, must work for 95% of users.
+Implementation:
+- Avoid the 'runtimepath' getting long.  Need some other way to keep each
+  plugin separate.
+- When installing or updating, first figure out what needs to be done. This
+  may involve recursively fetching manifest files for dependencies.  Then show
+  the user what's going to change and ask for OK.
+- Scripts on Vim.org must be able to consist of several files.  Is zip format
+  sufficient?  Upload the manifest?  Or refer to a site that has the manifest?
+- Best is to fetch individual files or use a Vimball. Reduces dependency on
+  tools that might be missing and allows inspection of the files before
+  installing.
+Out of scope:
+- Overview of plugins, ratings, comments, etc.  That's another world.
+- Development work on plugins (although diff with distributed version would be
+  useful).
+
+Setting the spell file in a session only reads the local additions, not the
+normal spell file. (Enno Nagel, 2014 Mar 29)
+
+When typing the first character of a command, e.g. "f", then using a menu, the
+menu item doesn't work.  Clear typeahead when using a menu?
+
+Editing an ascii file as ucs-2 or ucs-4 causes display errors.
+(ZyX, 2014 Mar 30)
+
+":Next 1 some-arg" does not complain about trailing argument.  Also for
+various other commands.  (ZyX, 2014 Mar 30)
+
+Patch to add sortuniq(). (Cade Forester, 2014 Mar 19)
+Or add uniq() instead?  Patch by lcd47, but it has problems.
+
+Patch to support sorting on floating point number.  (Alex Jakushev, 2010 Oct
+30)
+
+Patch to support expression argument to sort() instead of a function name.
+Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
+Or should we add a more general mechanism, like lambda functions?
+
+VMS: Select() doesn't work properly, typing ESC may hang Vim.  Use sys$qiow
+instead. (Samuel Ferencik, 2013 Sep 28)
+
+Patch for XDG base directory support. (Jean François Bignolles, 2014 Mar 4)
+Remark on the docs.  Should not be a compile time feature.  But then what?
+
+Completion of ":e" is ":earlier", whould be ":edit".  Complete to the matching
+command instead of doing this alphabetically. (Mikel Jorgensen)
+
+Patch to add v:completed_item. (Shougo Matsu, 2013 Nov 29).
+
+Patch to make test 100 work on MS-Windows. (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Dec 12)
+
+Patch to define macros for hardcoded values. (Elias Diem, 2013 Dec 14)
+
+Perl: support for Activestate perl 5.18: Issue 170.
 
 Several syntax file match "^\s*" which may get underlined if that's in the
 highlight group.  Add a "\zs" after it?
 
-Win32: When a directory name contains an exclamation mark, completion doesn't
-complete the contents of the directory.  No escaping for the "!"? (Jan
-Stocker, 2012 Jan 5; 2013 Aug 20)
-Patch 2013 Sept 10, test: Sept 11.
+Patch to fix temp directories for Windows, so that it works without tweaking.
+Issue 28.
 
 Go through more coverity reports.
 
+Patch to add ":undorecover", get as much text out of the undo file as
+possible. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Mar 12)
+
+Include Haiku port? (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
+
+Updated spec ftplugin. (Matěj Cepl, 2013 Oct 16)
+
+Some quickfix messages appear twice. (Gary Johnson, 2014 Feb 16)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2014 Feb 17.
+
+Patch to right-align signs. (James Kolb (email james), 2013 Sep 23)
+
+Patch to handle integer overflow. (Aaron Burrow, 2013 Dec 12)
+
 With "$" in 'cpoptions' the popup menu isn't fully drawn. (Matti Niemenmaa,
 2013 Sep 5)
 
-"gUgn" cannot be repeated, while "dgn" can. (Dimitar Dimitrov)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt (2013 Aug 12)
+Patch to add "ntab" item in 'listchars' to repeat first character. (Nathaniel
+Braun, pragm, 2013 Oct 13)  A better solution 2014 Mar 5.
 
-Several Win32 functions are not using Unicode.
-Patches to fix this. (Ken Takata, 2013 Aug 9)
+Undo message is not always properly displayed.  Patch by Ken Takata, 2013 oct
+3.  Doesn't work properly according to Yukihiro Nakadaira.
 
 /[b-a] gives error E16, should probably be E769.
 
+7   Windows XP: When using "ClearType" for text smoothing, a column of yellow
+    pixels remains when typing spaces in front of a "D" ('guifont' set to
+    "lucida_console:h8").
+Patch by Thomas Tuegel, also for GTK, 2013 Nov 24
+
 :help gives example for z?, but it does not work.  m? and t? do work.
 
+Python: Extended funcrefs: use func_T* structure in place of char_u* function
+names.
+(ZyX, 2013 Jul 15, update Sep 22, 24, 28; Update 2013 Dec 15, 2014 Jan 6)
+Also fixes Bug: E685 error for func_unref(). (ZyX, 2010 Aug 5)
+
 Patch to add funcref to Lua.  (Luis Carvalho, 2013 Sep 4)
 With tests: Sep 5.
 
+Patch to fix that on suckless Terminal mousewheel up does not work.
+(Ralph Eastwood, 2013 Nov 25)
+
 Discussion about canonicalization of Hebrew. (Ron Aaron, 2011 April 10)
 
-Patch to make external commands work with multi-byte characters on Win32 when
-'encoding' differs from the active codepage. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Aug 5)
-
 Checking runtime scripts: Thilo Six, 2012 Jun 6.
 
+When evaluating expression in backticks, autoload doesn't work.
+(Andy Wokula, 2013 Dec 14)
+
+Using <nr>ifoobar<esc> can slow down Vim.  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013
+Dec 13.
+
 Fold can't be opened after ":move". (Ein Brown)
 Patch from Christian Brabandt doesn't fix it completely.
 
+Patch from Christian Brabandt to preserve upper case marks when wiping out a
+buffer. (2013 Dec 9)
+
+Patch for drag&drop reordering of GUI tab pages reordering.
+(Ken Takata, 2013 Nov 22, second one, also by Masamichi Abe)
+
+":sign-jump" uses first window in buffer instead of current window.
+Patch by James McCoy, 2013 Nov 22.
+
 GTK: problem with 'L' in 'guioptions' changing the window width.
 (Aaron Cornelius, 2012 Feb 6)
 
+Patch to add option that tells whether small deletes go into the numbered
+registers. (Aryeh Leib Taurog, 2013 Nov 18)
+
 Javascript file where indent gets stuck on: GalaxyMaster, 2012 May 3.
 
 The BufUnload event is triggered when re-using the empty buffer.
@@ -157,6 +287,10 @@ The CompleteDone autocommand needs some info passed to it:
 - The word that was selected (empty if abandoned complete)
 - Type of completion: tag, omnifunc, user func.
 
+Patch to allow more types in remote_expr(). (Lech Lorens, 2014 Jan 5)
+Doesn't work for string in list.  Other way to pass all types of variables
+reliably?
+
 Using ":call foo#d.f()" doesn't autoload the "foo.vim" file.
 That is, calling a dictionary function on an autoloaded dict.
 Works OK for echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar
@@ -164,13 +298,15 @@ Works OK for echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar
 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Mar 23.
 Not 100% sure this is the right solution.
 
-Patch to support expression argument to sort() instead of a function name.
-Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
-Or should we add a more general mechanism, like lambda functions?
-
 Problem caused by patch 7.3.638: window->open does not update window
 correctly. Issue 91.
 
+Patch to add {lhs} to :mapclear: clear all maps starting with {lhs}.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2013 Dec 9)
+
+Exception caused by argument of return is not caught by try/catch.
+(David Barnett, 2013 Nov 19)
+
 8   'backupdir' and 'directory' should use $TMPDIR, $TMP and/or $TEMP when
     defined.
 Issue 28.
@@ -189,7 +325,7 @@ carried over when using :global. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun 19)
 Bug with 'cursorline' in diff mode.  Line being scrolled into view gets
 highlighted as the cursor line.  (Alessandro Ivaldi, 2013 Jun 4)
 
-Two highlighting bugs. (Zyx, 2013 Aug 18)
+Two highlighting bugs. (ZyX, 2013 Aug 18)
 
 Patch to add the bufferlist() function. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2013 May 5)
 May 17: with winlist() and tabpagelist().
@@ -211,10 +347,6 @@ Second one. Update May 22.
 
 Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec)
 
-TCL: With MSVC 2010 doesn't find Tcl_FindExecutable. (tux)
-Patch to define it. (Ken Takata, 2013 Aug 12)  Is this right?
-Probably not: http://code.google.com/p/vim/issues/detail?id=167
-
 MS-Windows: Patch to make tests copy files to avoid changing the fileformat of
 the files under version control. (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Jul 5)
 
@@ -226,9 +358,6 @@ Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Apr 20, unfinished.
 
 Bug: findfile("any", "file:///tmp;") does not work.
 
-v:register is not directly reset to " after a delete command that specifies a
-register.  It is reset after the next command. (Steve Vermeulen, 2013 Mar 16)
-
 'ff' is wrong for one-line file without EOL. (Issue 77)
 
 Patch to set antialiasing style on Windows. (Ondrej Balaz, 2013 Mar 14)
@@ -238,11 +367,19 @@ In the ATTENTION message about an existing swap file, mention the name of the
 process that is running.  It might actually be some other program, e.g. after
 a reboot.
 
-MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
-(Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
+Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
+Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
+Ben Fritz: problem with 'selection' set to "exclusive".
+Updated to current Vim, not quite right yet. (Ben Fritz, 2014 Mar 27)
+
+Patch to select the next or previous text object if there isn't one under the
+cursor. (Daniel Thau, 2013 Nov 20)
 
 patch to add "combine" flag to  syntax commands. (so8res, 2012 Dec 6)
 
+Bug caused by patch 7.3.1288?  Issue 183.
+I can't reproduce it.
+
 Syntax update problem in one buffer opened in two windows, bottom window is
 not correctly updated. (Paul Harris, 2012 Feb 27)
 
@@ -280,9 +417,6 @@ b:undo_ftplugin cannot call a script-local function. (Boris Danilov, 2013 Jan
 Win32: The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at
 compile time.  Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2 dynamically?
 
-Python: Extended funcrefs: use func_T* structure in place of char_u* function
-names. (ZyX, 2013 Jul 15 and later)
-
 Python: Be able to define a Python function that can be called directly from
 Vim script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value, like with
 vim.bindeval().
@@ -303,9 +437,6 @@ Should be possible to enable/disable matchparen per window or buffer.
 Add a check for b:no_match_paren in Highlight_matching_Pair() (Marcin
 Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 8)
 
-Crash in autocmd that unloads buffers in a BufUnload event. (Andrew Pimlott,
-2012 Aug 11)  Disallow :new when BufUnload is being handled?
-
 Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.
 
 Session file creation: 'autochdir' causes trouble.  Keep it off until after
@@ -338,10 +469,6 @@ Patch to add tagfunc().  Cleaned up by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun 22.
 Help for 'b:undo_indent'. (Thilo Six, 2012 May 28)
 Also question if examples are correct.
 
-It should be possible to make globpath() return a list instead of a string,
-like with glob(). (Greg Novack, 2012 Nov 2)
-Patch by Adnan Zafar, 2013 Jul 15.
-
 The input map for CTRL-O in mswin.vim causes problems after CTRL-X CTRL-O.
 Suggestion for another map. (Philip Mat, 2012 Jun 18)
 But use "gi" instead of "a".  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O.
@@ -349,10 +476,6 @@ But use "gi" instead of "a".  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O.
 Patch to support user name completion on MS-Windows. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012
 Aug 16)
 
-Have an option for spell checking to not mark any Chinese, Japanese or other
-double-width characters as error.  Or perhaps all characters above 256.
-(Bill Sun)  Helps a lot for mixed Asian and latin text.
-
 When there are no command line arguments ":next" and ":argu" give E163, which
 is confusing.  Should say "the argument list is empty".
 
@@ -375,25 +498,18 @@ Patch to add digraph() function. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22, update Aug
 
 Patch for input method status. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012 Apr 18)
 
+Update Vim app icon (for Gnome). (Jakub Steiner, 2013 Dec 6)
+
 Patch to use .png icons for the toolbar on MS-Windows. (Martin Gieseking, 2013
 Apr 18)
 
 Patch for has('unnamedplus') docs. (Tony Mechelynck, 2011 Sep 27)
 And one for gui_x11.txt.
 
--   Patch for 'breakindent' option: repeat indent for wrapped line. (Vaclav
-    Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30)
-    Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23
-    More recent version: https://retracile.net/wiki/VimBreakIndent
-    Posted to vim-dev by Taylor Hedberg, 2011 Nov 25
-    Update by Taylor Hedberg, 2013 May 30.
-
 ":cd" doesn't work when current directory path contains "**".
 finddir() has the same problem.  (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jan 10)
 Requires a rewrite of the file_file_in_path code.
 
-Problem with l: dictionary being locked in a function. (ZyX, 2011 Jul 21)
-
 Should use has("browsefilter") in ftplugins.  Requires patch 7.3.593.
 
 Update for vim2html.pl. (Tyru, 2013 Feb 22)
@@ -475,8 +591,6 @@ When using a Vim server, a # in the path causes an error message.
 Setting $HOME on MS-Windows is not very well documented.  Suggestion by Ben
 Fritz (2011 Oct 27).
 
-Bug: E685 error for func_unref(). (ZyX, 2010 Aug 5)
-
 Bug: Windows 7 64 bit system freezes  when 'clipboard' set to "unnamed" and
 doing ":g/test/d".  Putting every delete on the clipboard? (Robert Chan, 2011
 Jun 17)
@@ -500,7 +614,7 @@ Patch to make "z=" work when 'spell' is off.  Does this have nasty side
 effects?  (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Aug 5, Update 2013 Aug 12)
 Would also need to do this for spellbadword() and spellsuggest().
 
-Patch for variable tabstops.
+Patch for variable tabstops.  On github (Christian Brabandt, 2014 May 15)
 
 On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
 64 bits value.  Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
@@ -520,6 +634,8 @@ following "redir" command gives an error for not being able to access s:foo.
 When setqflist() uses a filename that triggers a BufReadCmd autocommand Vim
 doesn't jump to the correct line with :cfirst. (ZyX,  2011 Sep 18)
 
+Behavior of i" and a" text objects isn't logical. (Ben Fritz, 2013 Nov 19)
+
 7   Make "ga" show the digraph for a character, if it exists.
 Patch from Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 19.
 
@@ -540,9 +656,6 @@ Build problem with small features on Mac OS X 10.6. (Rainer, 2011 Jan 24)
 
 "0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multi-byte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)
 
-Patch to support sorting on floating point number.  (Alex Jakushev, 2010 Oct
-30)
-
 Patch to addd TextDeletePost and TextYankPost events. (Philippe Vaucher, 2011
 May 24)  Update May 26.
 
@@ -628,9 +741,6 @@ crash? (Raiwil, 2010 Nov 17)
 Patch to add FoldedLineNr highlighting: different highlighting for the line
 number of a closed fold. (eXerigumo Clanjor, 2013 Jul 15)
 
-Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
-- \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
-
 Regexp engine performance:
 - Profiling:
 	./vim -u NONE -s ~/vim/test/ruby.vim
@@ -660,7 +770,7 @@ Assume the system converts between the actual encoding of the filesystem to
 the system encoding (usually utf-8).
 
 Patch to add GUI colors to the terminal, when it supports it. (ZyX, 2013 Jan
-26)
+26, update 2013 Dec 14)
 
 Problem producing tags file when hebrew.frx is present.  It has a BOM.
 Results in E670. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 May 2)
@@ -675,10 +785,6 @@ setpos() does not restore cursor position after :normal. (Tyru, 2010 Aug 11)
     file names unique, also support this for 'backupdir'. (Mikolaj Machowski)
     Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2010 Oct 21.
 
-getpos()/setpos() don't include curswant.  getpos() could return a fifth
-element.  setpos() could accept an optional fifth element.
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2010 Sep 6.  Again 2013 Aug 22.
-
 With "tw=55 fo+=a" typing space before ) doesn't work well. (Scott Mcdermott,
 2010 Oct 24)
 
@@ -698,9 +804,6 @@ C-indenting: A matching { in a comment is ignored, but intermediate { are not
 checked to be in a comment.  Implement FM_SKIPCOMM flag of findmatchlimit().
 Issue 46.
 
-When 'paste' is changed with 'pastetoggle', the ruler doesn't reflect this
-right away. (Samuel Ferencik, 2010 Dec 7)
-
 Mac with X11: clipboard doesn't work properly. (Raf, 2010 Aug 16)
 
 Using CompilerSet doesn't record where an option was set from.  E.g., in the
@@ -723,8 +826,6 @@ Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting.
 When 'lines' is 25 and 'scrolloff' is 12, "j" scrolls zero or two lines
 instead of one. (Constantin Pan, 2010 Sep 10)
 
-Crash in setqflist(). (Benoit Mortgat, 2010 Nov 18)
-
 Gui menu edit/paste in block mode insert only inserts in one line (Bjorn
 Winckler, 2011 May 11)
 Requires a map mode for Insert mode started from blockwise Visual mode.
@@ -732,10 +833,6 @@ Requires a map mode for Insert mode started from blockwise Visual mode.
 Writing nested List and Dict in viminfo gives error message and can't be read
 back. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2010 Nov 13)
 
-Can 'undolevels' be a buffer-local option?  Helps for making big changes in
-one file only, set 'ul' to -1 only for that buffer.
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2010 Dec 17.  Needs test.
-
 Problem with cursor in the wrong column. (SungHyun Nam, 2010 Mar 11)
 Additional info by Dominique Pelle. (also on 2010 Apr 10)
 
@@ -942,8 +1039,6 @@ system when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
 Win32 GUI: last message from startup doesn't show up when there is an echoerr
 command. (Cyril Slobin, 2009 Mar 13)
 
-Win32: use different args for SearchPath()? (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2009 Jan 30)
-
 Win32: completion of file name ":e c:\!test" results in ":e c:\\!test", which
 does not work. (Nieko Maatjes, 2009 Jan 8, Ingo Karkat, 2009 Jan 22)
 
@@ -960,7 +1055,12 @@ Session file generates error upon loading, cause by --remote-silent-tab.
 Using ~ works OK on 'a' with composing char, but not on 0x0418  with composing
 char 0x0301. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Mar 4)
 
-A function on a dictionary is not profiled. (Zyx, 2010 Dec 25)
+Searching for composing char works, but not when inside []. (ZyX, Benjamin R.
+Haskell, 2010 Aug 24)
+
+This does not work yet: "a\(%C\)" (get composing characters into a submatch).
+
+A function on a dictionary is not profiled. (ZyX, 2010 Dec 25)
 
 Inconsistent: starting with $LANG set to es_ES.utf-8 gives Spanish
 messages, even though locale is not supported.  But ":lang messages
@@ -989,7 +1089,7 @@ correct.  Don't use it in the swap file.
 Completion for ":buf" doesn't work properly on Win32 when 'shellslash' is off.
 (Henrik Ohman, 2009, Jan 29)
 
-shellescape() depends on 'shellshash' for quoting.  That doesn't work when
+shellescape() depends on 'shellslash' for quoting.  That doesn't work when
 'shellslash' is set but using cmd.exe. (Ben Fritz)
 Use a different option or let it depend on whether 'shell' looks like a
 unix-like shell?
@@ -1030,7 +1130,7 @@ probably causes this.
 2009 Jan 16)
 
 Patch to support strikethrough next to bold and italic. (Christian Brabandt,
-2013 Jul 30)
+2013 Jul 30)  Update from Ken Takata, 2013 Oct 12.
 
 Document that default font in Athena can be set with resources:
    XtDefaultFont: "9x15"
@@ -1044,6 +1144,7 @@ is executed.
 
 ":pedit %" with a BufReadPre autocommand causes the cursor to move to the
 first line. (Ingo Karkat, 2008 Jul 1)  Ian Kelling is working on this.
+Similar problem with ":e". (Marc Montu, 2014 Apr 22)
 
 Wildmenu not deleted: "gvim -u NONE", ":set nocp wildmenu cmdheight=3
 laststatus=2", CTRL-D CTRL-H CTRL-H CTRL-H. (A.Politz, 2008 April 1)
@@ -1187,9 +1288,6 @@ When 'smartcase' is set and using CTRL-L to add to the search pattern it may
 result in no matches.  Convert chars to lower case? (Erik Wognsen, 2009 Apr
 16)
 
-Searching for composing char works, but not when inside []. (ZyX, Benjamin R.
-Haskell, 2010 Aug 24)
-
 Fail to edit file after failed register access.  Error flag remains set?
 (Lech Lorens, 2010 Aug 30)
 
@@ -1391,6 +1489,7 @@ Engelke, 2007 Dec 20 - 2008 Jan 17)
 
 Win64: Seek error in swap file for a very big file (3 Gbyte).  Check storing
 pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var.
+Patches from Ken Takata might help (2014 Apr 17)
 
 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17)
 
@@ -1398,14 +1497,17 @@ Win32: When 'shell' is bash shellescape() doesn't always do the right thing.
 Depends on 'shellslash', 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote', but shellescape()
 only takes 'shellslash' into account.
 
-Pressing the 'pastetoggle' key doesn't update the statusline. (Jan Christoph
-Ebersbach, 2008 Feb 1)
-
 Menu item that does "xxd -r" doesn't work when 'fileencoding' is utf-16.
 Check for this and use iconv?  (Edward L. Fox, 2007 Sep 12)
-Does the conversion in the other direction work when 'filenecodings' is set
+Does the conversion in the other direction work when 'fileencodings' is set
 properly?
 
+Add a few features to xxd. (Vadim Vygonets, 2013 Nov 11)
+Patches: 2013 Nov 19
+1: Add -e: little endian hexdump
+2: Add -o: add offset to displayed position
+3: Change displayed file position width to 8 chars
+
 Cursor displayed in the wrong position when using 'numberwidth'. (James Vega,
 2007 Jun 21)
 
@@ -1561,6 +1663,9 @@ Completing with 'wildmenu' and using <Up> and <Down> to move through directory
 tree stops unexpectedly when using ":cd " and entering a directory that
 doesn't contain other directories.
 
+Default for 'background' is wrong when using xterm with 256 colors.
+Table with estimates from Matteo Cavalleri, 2014 Jan 10.
+
 Setting 'background' resets the Normal background color:
    highlight Normal ctermbg=DarkGray
    set background=dark
@@ -1817,7 +1922,7 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
     How does this work?  Missing comments.
 8   Add a few more command names to the menus.  Patch from Jiri Brezina
     (28 feb 2002).  Will mess the translations...
-7   ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it' appears
+7   ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it" appears
     before "Quit".  Patch by Robert Webb, 2004 May 3.
 -   Include flipcase patch: ~/vim/patches/wall.flipcase2 ?  Make it work
     for multi-byte characters.
@@ -1966,8 +2071,6 @@ GTK+ GUI known bugs:
 Win32 GUI known bugs:
 -   Win32: tearoff menu window should have a scrollbar when it's taller than
     the screen.
-8   non-ASCII font names don't work.  Need to convert from 'encoding' and use
-    the wide functions.
 8   On Windows 98 the unicows library is needed to support functions with UCS2
     file names.  Can we load unicows.dll dynamically?
 8   The -P argument doesn't work very well with many MDI applications.
@@ -1975,9 +2078,6 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
     Tutorial: http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html
 8   In eval.c, io.h is included when MSWIN32 is defined.  Shouldn't this be
     WIN32?  Or can including io.h be moved to vim.h? (Dan Sharp)
-7   Windows XP: When using "ClearType" for text smoothing, a column of yellow
-    pixels remains when typing spaces in front of a "D" ('guifont' set to
-    "lucida_console:h8").
 6   Win32 GUI: With "-u NONE -U NONE" and doing "CTRL-W v" "CTRL-W o", the ":"
     of ":only" is highlighted like the cursor.  (Lipelis)
 8   When 'encoding' is "utf-8", should use 'guifont' for both normal and wide
@@ -2663,8 +2763,6 @@ Problems that will (probably) not be solved:
     input method called from GDK code.  Without Perl it doesn't crash.
 -   VMS: Vimdiff doesn't work with the VMS diff, because the output looks
     different.  This makes test 47 fail.  Install a Unix-compatible diff.
--   VMS v7.1 and older: Tests 21 and 32 fail.  From VMS v7.1-2 and newer Vim
-    does not have this behavior. (Zoltan Arpadffy)
 -   Win32 GUI: mouse wheel always scrolls rightmost window.  The events arrive
     in Vim as if the rightmost scrollbar was used.
 -   GTK with Gnome: Produces an error message when starting up:
@@ -2833,10 +2931,6 @@ Tab pages:
 
 
 Spell checking:
--   have some way not to give spelling errors for a range of characters.
-    E.g. for Chinese and other languages with specific characters for which we
-    don't have a spell file.  Useful when there is also text in other
-    languages in the file.
 -   Support more regions? Caolan McNamara argues it's needed for es_XX.
     https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=219777    
 -   Unicode defines another quote character: 0x2019.  Use it as an equivalent
@@ -3022,12 +3116,8 @@ Multi-byte characters:
 8   toupper() function doesn't handle byte count changes.
 7   Searching and composing characters:
     When searching, should order of composing characters be ignored?
-    Add special item to match with a composing character, zero-width, so that
-    one can replace a base character and keep the composing characters.
     Add a special item to match with a composing character, so that composing
     characters can be manipulated.
-    Add a modifier to ignore composing characters, only compare base
-    characters.  Useful for Hebrew (Ron Aaron)
 8   Should implement 'delcombine' for command line editing.
 8   Detect overlong UTF-8 sequences and handle them like illegal bytes.
 8   ":s/x/\u\1/" doesn't work, making uppercase isn't done for multi-byte
@@ -3250,6 +3340,7 @@ Syntax highlighting:
 Built-in script language:
 8   Make the filename and line number available to script functions, so that
     they can give useful debugging info.  The whole call stack would be ideal.
+    At least use this for error messages.
 7   Execute a function with standard option values.  No need to save and
     restore option values.  Especially useful for new options.  Problem: how
     to avoid a performance penalty (esp. for string options)?
@@ -4132,8 +4223,7 @@ Insert mode:
 7   Use Tabs for the indent of starting lines, pad with spaces for
     continuation lines.  Allows changing 'tabstop' without messing up the
     indents.
-    'keeptabs': when set don't change the tabs and spaces used for indent,
-    when the indent remains the same or increases.
+    Patch by Lech Lorens, 2010 Mar.  Update by James McCoy, 2014 Mar 15.
 
 
 Java:
@@ -4752,7 +4842,7 @@ Marks:
 
 Digraphs:
 7   Make "ga" show the keymap for a character, if it exists.
-    Also show the code of the character after conversion to 'filenecoding'.
+    Also show the code of the character after conversion to 'fileencoding'.
 -   Use digraph table to tell Vim about the collating sequence of special
     characters?
 8   Add command to remove one or more (all) digraphs. (Brown)
@@ -4949,6 +5039,7 @@ Various improvements:
 6   Add ":timer" command, to set a command to be executed at a certain
     interval, or once after some time has elapsed. (Aaron)
     Perhaps an autocommand event like CursorHold is better?
+    Patch to add async functionality. (Geoff Greer, 2013 Sep 1 and later)
 8   Add ":confirm" handling in open_exfile(), for when file already exists.
 8   When quitting with changed files, make the dialog list the changed file
     and allow "write all", "discard all", "write some".  The last one would

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Sep 08
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ change but joins in with the previous change use this command:
 			or redo.
 			{not in Vi}
 
-This is most useful when you need to prompt the user halfway a change.  For
-example in a function that calls |getchar()|.  Do make sure that there was a
-related change before this that you must join with.
+This is most useful when you need to prompt the user halfway through a change.
+For example in a function that calls |getchar()|.  Do make sure that there was
+a related change before this that you must join with.
 
 This doesn't work by itself, because the next key press will start a new
 change again.  But you can do something like this: >

runtime/doc/usr_25.txt

@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ line, type: >
 
 	v4jgq
 
-"v" to start Visual mode, "4j' to move to the end of the paragraph and then
+"v" to start Visual mode, "4j" to move to the end of the paragraph and then
 the "gq" operator.  The result is:
 
 		 1	   2	     3

runtime/doc/usr_30.txt

@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ be escaped with a backslash.  Example: >
 You can include special Vim keywords in the command specification.  The %
 character expands to the name of the current file.  So if you execute the
 command: >
-	:set makeprg=make\ %
+	:set makeprg=make\ %:S
 
 When you are editing main.c, then ":make" executes the following command: >
 
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ When you are editing main.c, then ":make" executes the following command: >
 This is not too useful, so you will refine the command a little and use the :r
 (root) modifier: >
 
-	:set makeprg=make\ %:r.o
+	:set makeprg=make\ %:r:S.o
 
 Now the command executed is as follows: >
 

runtime/doc/usr_40.txt

@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ The ":map" command can be followed by another command.  A | character
 separates the two commands.  This also means that a | character can't be used
 inside a map command.  To include one, use <Bar> (five characters).  Example:
 >
-	:map <F8> :write <Bar> !checkin %<CR>
+	:map <F8> :write <Bar> !checkin %:S<CR>
 
 The same problem applies to the ":unmap" command, with the addition that you
 have to watch out for trailing white space.  These two commands are different:

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Feb 20
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 28
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -595,13 +595,17 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	matchlist()		like matchstr() and also return submatches
 	stridx()		first index of a short string in a long string
 	strridx()		last index of a short string in a long string
-	strlen()		length of a string
+	strlen()		length of a string in bytes
+	strchars()		length of a string in characters
+	strwidth()		size of string when displayed
+	strdisplaywidth()	size of string when displayed, deals with tabs
 	substitute()		substitute a pattern match with a string
 	submatch()		get a specific match in ":s" and substitute()
 	strpart()		get part of a string
 	expand()		expand special keywords
 	iconv()			convert text from one encoding to another
 	byteidx()		byte index of a character in a string
+	byteidxcomp()		like byteidx() but count composing characters
 	repeat()		repeat a string multiple times
 	eval()			evaluate a string expression
 
@@ -619,6 +623,7 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	map()			change each List item
 	sort()			sort a List
 	reverse()		reverse the order of a List
+	uniq()			remove copies of repeated adjacent items
 	split()			split a String into a List
 	join()			join List items into a String
 	range()			return a List with a sequence of numbers
@@ -656,6 +661,9 @@ Floating point computation:				*float-functions*
 	ceil()			round up
 	floor()			round down
 	trunc()			remove value after decimal point
+	fmod()			remainder of division
+	exp()			exponential
+	log()			natural logarithm (logarithm to base e)
 	log10()			logarithm to base 10
 	pow()			value of x to the exponent y
 	sqrt()			square root
@@ -675,6 +683,7 @@ Other computation:					*bitwise-function*
 	invert()		bitwise invert
 	or()			bitwise OR
 	xor()			bitwise XOR
+	sha256()		SHA-256 hash
 
 Variables:						*var-functions*
 	type()			type of a variable
@@ -697,11 +706,16 @@ Cursor and mark position:		*cursor-functions* *mark-functions*
 	wincol()		window column number of the cursor
 	winline()		window line number of the cursor
 	cursor()		position the cursor at a line/column
+	screencol()		get screen column of the cursor
+	screenrow()		get screen row of the cursor
+	getcurpos()		get position of the cursor
 	getpos()		get position of cursor, mark, etc.
 	setpos()		set position of cursor, mark, etc.
 	byte2line()		get line number at a specific byte count
 	line2byte()		byte count at a specific line
 	diff_filler()		get the number of filler lines above a line
+	screenattr()		get attribute at a screen line/row
+	screenchar()		get character code at a screen line/row
 
 Working with text in the current buffer:		*text-functions*
 	getline()		get a line or list of lines from the buffer
@@ -729,6 +743,7 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	pathshorten()		shorten directory names in a path
 	simplify()		simplify a path without changing its meaning
 	executable()		check if an executable program exists
+	exepath()		full path of an executable program
 	filereadable()		check if a file can be read
 	filewritable()		check if a file can be written to
 	getfperm()		get the permissions of a file
@@ -741,7 +756,8 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	mkdir()			create a new directory
 	delete()		delete a file
 	rename()		rename a file
-	system()		get the result of a shell command
+	system()		get the result of a shell command as a string
+	systemlist()		get the result of a shell command as a list
 	hostname()		name of the system
 	readfile()		read a file into a List of lines
 	writefile()		write a List of lines into a file
@@ -757,6 +773,7 @@ Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
 Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	argc()			number of entries in the argument list
 	argidx()		current position in the argument list
+	arglistid()		get id of the argument list
 	argv()			get one entry from the argument list
 	bufexists()		check if a buffer exists
 	buflisted()		check if a buffer exists and is listed
@@ -810,6 +827,7 @@ Syntax and highlighting:	  *syntax-functions* *highlighting-functions*
 	synconcealed()		get info about concealing
 	diff_hlID()		get highlight ID for diff mode at a position
 	matchadd()		define a pattern to highlight (a "match")
+	matchaddpos()		define a list of positions to highlight
 	matcharg()		get info about |:match| arguments
 	matchdelete()		delete a match defined by |matchadd()| or a
 				|:match| command
@@ -883,14 +901,22 @@ Various:					*various-functions*
 	libcall()		call a function in an external library
 	libcallnr()		idem, returning a number
 
+	undofile()		get the name of the undo file
+	undotree()		return the state of the undo tree
+
 	getreg()		get contents of a register
 	getregtype()		get type of a register
 	setreg()		set contents and type of a register
 
+	shiftwidth()		effective value of 'shiftwidth'
+
 	taglist()		get list of matching tags
 	tagfiles()		get a list of tags files
 
+	luaeval()		evaluate Lua expression
 	mzeval()		evaluate |MzScheme| expression
+	py3eval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python3|)
+	pyeval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python|)
 
 ==============================================================================
 *41.7*	Defining a function

runtime/doc/usr_42.txt

@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ redefine what these items do (after the default menus are setup).
 item with a bitmap.  For example, define a new toolbar item with: >
 
 	:tmenu ToolBar.Compile  Compile the current file
-	:amenu ToolBar.Compile  :!cc % -o %:r<CR>
+	:amenu ToolBar.Compile  :!cc %:S -o %:r:S<CR>
 
 Now you need to create the icon.  For MS-Windows it must be in bitmap format,
 with the name "Compile.bmp".  For Unix XPM format is used, the file name is

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 May 18
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -234,25 +234,41 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 							*:!cmd* *:!* *E34*
 :!{cmd}			Execute {cmd} with the shell.  See also the 'shell'
 			and 'shelltype' option.
+
 			Any '!' in {cmd} is replaced with the previous
 			external command (see also 'cpoptions').  But not when
 			there is a backslash before the '!', then that
 			backslash is removed.  Example: ":!ls" followed by
 			":!echo ! \! \\!" executes "echo ls ! \!".
-			After the command has been executed, the timestamp of
-			the current file is checked |timestamp|.
+
 			A '|' in {cmd} is passed to the shell, you cannot use
 			it to append a Vim command.  See |:bar|.
+
+			If {cmd} contains "%" it is expanded to the current
+			file name.  Special characters are not escaped, use
+			quotes to avoid their special meaning: >
+				:!ls "%"
+<			If the file name contains a "$" single quotes might
+			work better (but a single quote causes trouble): >
+				:!ls '%'
+<			This should always work, but it's more typing: >
+				:exe "!ls " . shellescape(expand("%"))
+<
 			A newline character ends {cmd}, what follows is
 			interpreted as a following ":" command.  However, if
 			there is a backslash before the newline it is removed
 			and {cmd} continues.  It doesn't matter how many
 			backslashes are before the newline, only one is
 			removed.
+
 			On Unix the command normally runs in a non-interactive
 			shell.  If you want an interactive shell to be used
 			(to use aliases) set 'shellcmdflag' to "-ic".
 			For Win32 also see |:!start|.
+
+			After the command has been executed, the timestamp and
+			size of the current file is checked |timestamp|.
+
 			Vim redraws the screen after the command is finished,
 			because it may have printed any text.  This requires a
 			hit-enter prompt, so that you can read any messages.
@@ -363,6 +379,7 @@ N  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
 N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
+N  *+mouse_jsbterm*	JSB mouse handling |jsbterm-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_pterm*	QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
 N  *+mouse_sysmouse*	Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|
@@ -418,7 +435,7 @@ N  *+user_commands*	User-defined commands. |user-commands|
 N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
 N  *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|
 N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
-S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode|
+S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode| Always enabled since 7.4.200.
 N  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 N  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
 N  *+wildignore*	|'wildignore'|

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Sep 03
+*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Nov 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -942,6 +942,7 @@ New and extended functions: ~
 |tagfiles()|		List with tags file names
 |taglist()|		get list of matching tags (Yegappan Lakshmanan)
 |tr()|			translate characters (Ron Aaron)
+|uniq()|		remove copies of repeated adjacent list items
 |values()|		get List of Dictionary values
 |winnr()|		takes an argument: what window to use
 |winrestview()|		restore the view of the current window
@@ -7188,7 +7189,7 @@ More encryption					*new-more-encryption*
 ---------------
 
 Support for Blowfish encryption.  Added the 'cryptmethod' option.
-Mostly by Moshin Ahmed.
+Mostly by Mohsin Ahmed.
 
 Also encrypt the text in the swap file and the undo file.
 

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ character (and shows it immediately).
 Added :wnext command.  Same as ":write" followed by ":next".
 
 The ":w!" command always writes, also when the file is write protected.  In Vi
-you would have to do ":!chmod +w %" and ":set noro".
+you would have to do ":!chmod +w %:S" and ":set noro".
 
 When 'tildeop' has been set, "~" is an operator (must be followed by a
 movement command).

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*visual.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Aug 15
+*visual.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ This is introduced in section |04.4| of the user manual.
 
 {Vi has no Visual mode, the name "visual" is used for Normal mode, to
 distinguish it from Ex mode}
-{not available when the |+visual| feature was disabled when compiling}
+{Since Vim 7.4.200 the |+visual| feature is always included}
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Using Visual mode					*visual-use*
@@ -75,7 +75,11 @@ position.
 
 						*V* *linewise-visual*
 [count]V		Start Visual mode linewise.
-			With [count] select that many lines.
+			With [count] select the same number of lines as used
+			for the last Visual operation, but at the current
+			cursor position, multiplied by [count].  When there
+			was no previous Visual operation [count] lines are
+			selected.
 
 						*CTRL-V* *blockwise-visual*
 [count]CTRL-V		Start Visual mode blockwise.  Note: Under Windows

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Nov 15
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -132,13 +132,20 @@ that have termcap codes for italics.
 CTRL-W s						*CTRL-W_s*
 CTRL-W S						*CTRL-W_S*
 CTRL-W CTRL-S						*CTRL-W_CTRL-S*
-:[N]sp[lit] [++opt] [+cmd]				*:sp* *:split*
+:[N]sp[lit] [++opt] [+cmd] [file]			*:sp* *:split*
 		Split current window in two.  The result is two viewports on
-		the same file.  Make new window N high (default is to use half
-		the height of the current window).  Reduces the current window
-		height to create room (and others, if the 'equalalways' option
-		is set, 'eadirection' isn't "hor", and one of them is higher
-		than the current or the new window).
+		the same file.
+		
+		Make the new window N high (default is to use half the height
+		of the current window).  Reduces the current window height to
+		create room (and others, if the 'equalalways' option is set,
+		'eadirection' isn't "hor", and one of them is higher than the
+		current or the new window).
+
+		If [file] is given it will be edited in the new window.  If it
+		is not loaded in any buffer, it will be read.  Else the new
+		window will use the already loaded buffer.
+
 		Note: CTRL-S does not work on all terminals and might block
 		further input, use CTRL-Q to get going again.
 		Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 Sep 22
+" Last Change:	2014 Jun 12
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -106,6 +106,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.run			setf ampl
 " Ant
 au BufNewFile,BufRead build.xml			setf ant
 
+" Arduino
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ino,*.pde		setf arduino
+
 " Apache style config file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead proftpd.conf*		call s:StarSetf('apachestyle')
 
@@ -536,6 +539,20 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *enlightenment/*.cfg	setf c
 " Eterm
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *Eterm/*.cfg		setf eterm
 
+" Euphoria 3 or 4
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.eu,*.ew,*.ex,*.exu,*.exw  call s:EuphoriaCheck()
+if has("fname_case")
+   au BufNewFile,BufRead *.EU,*.EW,*.EX,*.EXU,*.EXW  call s:EuphoriaCheck()
+endif
+
+func! s:EuphoriaCheck()
+  if exists('g:filetype_euphoria')
+    exe 'setf ' . g:filetype_euphoria
+  else
+    setf euphoria3
+  endif
+endfunc
+
 " Lynx config files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead lynx.cfg			setf lynx
 
@@ -656,22 +673,26 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ed\(f\|if\|n\|o\)	setf edif
 " Embedix Component Description
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ecd			setf ecd
 
-" Eiffel or Specman
+" Eiffel or Specman or Euphoria
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.e,*.E			call s:FTe()
 
 " Elinks configuration
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/elinks.conf,*/.elinks/elinks.conf	setf elinks
 
 func! s:FTe()
-  let n = 1
-  while n < 100 && n < line("$")
-    if getline(n) =~ "^\\s*\\(<'\\|'>\\)\\s*$"
-      setf specman
-      return
-    endif
-    let n = n + 1
-  endwhile
-  setf eiffel
+  if exists('g:filetype_euphoria')
+    exe 'setf ' . g:filetype_euphoria
+  else
+    let n = 1
+    while n < 100 && n < line("$")
+      if getline(n) =~ "^\\s*\\(<'\\|'>\\)\\s*$"
+        setf specman
+        return
+      endif
+      let n = n + 1
+    endwhile
+    setf eiffel
+  endif
 endfunc
 
 " ERicsson LANGuage; Yaws is erlang too
@@ -992,6 +1013,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kix			setf kix
 " Kimwitu[++]
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.k			setf kwt
 
+" Kivy
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kv			setf kivy
+
 " KDE script
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ks			setf kscript
 
@@ -1017,7 +1041,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ldif			setf ldif
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ld			setf ld
 
 " Lex
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lex,*.l			setf lex
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lex,*.l,*.lxx,*.l++	setf lex
 
 " Libao
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/libao.conf,*/.libao	setf libao
@@ -1172,6 +1196,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mp			setf mp
 " MGL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mgl			setf mgl
 
+" MIX - Knuth assembly
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mix,*.mixal		setf mix
+
 " MMIX or VMS makefile
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mms			call s:FTmms()
 
@@ -2061,14 +2088,15 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/sudoers,sudoers.tmp	setf sudoers
 " SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.svg			setf svg
 
-" If the file has an extension of 't' and is in a directory 't' then it is
-" almost certainly a Perl test file.
+" If the file has an extension of 't' and is in a directory 't' or 'xt' then
+" it is almost certainly a Perl test file.
 " If the first line starts with '#' and contains 'perl' it's probably a Perl
 " file.
 " (Slow test) If a file contains a 'use' statement then it is almost certainly
 " a Perl file.
 func! s:FTperl()
-  if expand("%:e") == 't' && expand("%:p:h:t") == 't'
+  let dirname = expand("%:p:h:t")
+  if expand("%:e") == 't' && (dirname == 't' || dirname == 'xt')
     setf perl
     return 1
   endif
@@ -2236,6 +2264,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.v			setf verilog
 " Verilog-AMS HDL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.va,*.vams		setf verilogams
 
+" SystemVerilog
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sv,*.svh		setf systemverilog
+
 " VHDL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hdl,*.vhd,*.vhdl,*.vbe,*.vst  setf vhdl
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vhdl_[0-9]*		call s:StarSetf('vhdl')
@@ -2408,7 +2439,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xsd			setf xsd
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xsl,*.xslt		setf xslt
 
 " Yacc
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yy			setf yacc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yy,*.yxx,*.y++		setf yacc
 
 " Yacc or racc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.y			call s:FTy()

runtime/ftplugin/changelog.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:         generic Changelog file
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2012-08-23
+" Latest Revision:  2014-01-10
 " Variables:
 "   g:changelog_timeformat (deprecated: use g:changelog_dateformat instead) -
 "       description: the timeformat used in ChangeLog entries.
@@ -122,12 +122,12 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
 
   " Format used for new date entries.
   if !exists('g:changelog_new_date_format')
-    let g:changelog_new_date_format = "%d  %u\n\n\t* %c\n\n"
+    let g:changelog_new_date_format = "%d  %u\n\n\t* %p%c\n\n"
   endif
 
   " Format used for new entries to current date entry.
   if !exists('g:changelog_new_entry_format')
-    let g:changelog_new_entry_format = "\t* %c"
+    let g:changelog_new_entry_format = "\t* %p%c"
   endif
 
   " Regular expression used to find a given date entry.
@@ -143,16 +143,16 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
 
   " Substitutes specific items in new date-entry formats and search strings.
   " Can be done with substitute of course, but unclean, and need \@! then.
-  function! s:substitute_items(str, date, user)
+  function! s:substitute_items(str, date, user, prefix)
     let str = a:str
-    let middles = {'%': '%', 'd': a:date, 'u': a:user, 'c': '{cursor}'}
+    let middles = {'%': '%', 'd': a:date, 'u': a:user, 'p': a:prefix, 'c': '{cursor}'}
     let i = stridx(str, '%')
     while i != -1
       let inc = 0
       if has_key(middles, str[i + 1])
         let mid = middles[str[i + 1]]
         let str = strpart(str, 0, i) . mid . strpart(str, i + 2)
-        let inc = strlen(mid)
+        let inc = strlen(mid) - 1
       endif
       let i = stridx(str, '%', i + 1 + inc)
     endwhile
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
   endfunction
 
   " Internal function to create a new entry in the ChangeLog.
-  function! s:new_changelog_entry()
+  function! s:new_changelog_entry(prefix)
     " Deal with 'paste' option.
     let save_paste = &paste
     let &paste = 1
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
     " Look for an entry for today by our user.
     let date = strftime(g:changelog_dateformat)
     let search = s:substitute_items(g:changelog_date_entry_search, date,
-                                  \ s:username())
+                                  \ s:username(), a:prefix)
     if search(search) > 0
       " Ok, now we look for the end of the date entry, and add an entry.
       call cursor(nextnonblank(line('.') + 1), 1)
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
       else
         let p = line('.')
       endif
-      let ls = split(s:substitute_items(g:changelog_new_entry_format, '', ''),
+      let ls = split(s:substitute_items(g:changelog_new_entry_format, '', '', a:prefix),
                    \ '\n')
       call append(p, ls)
       call cursor(p + 1, 1)
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
 
       " No entry today, so create a date-user header and insert an entry.
       let todays_entry = s:substitute_items(g:changelog_new_date_format,
-                                          \ date, s:username())
+                                          \ date, s:username(), a:prefix)
       " Make sure we have a cursor positioning.
       if stridx(todays_entry, '{cursor}') == -1
         let todays_entry = todays_entry . '{cursor}'
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
 
       " Now do the work.
       call append(0, split(todays_entry, '\n'))
-      
+
       " Remove empty lines at end of file.
       if remove_empty
         $-/^\s*$/-1,$delete
@@ -223,8 +223,8 @@ if &filetype == 'changelog'
   endfunction
 
   if exists(":NewChangelogEntry") != 2
-    noremap <buffer> <silent> <Leader>o <Esc>:call <SID>new_changelog_entry()<CR>
-    command! -nargs=0 NewChangelogEntry call s:new_changelog_entry()
+    noremap <buffer> <silent> <Leader>o <Esc>:call <SID>new_changelog_entry('')<CR>
+    command! -nargs=0 NewChangelogEntry call s:new_changelog_entry('')
   endif
 
   let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< fo< et< ai<"
@@ -277,10 +277,7 @@ else
     if exists('b:changelog_entry_prefix')
       let prefix = call(b:changelog_entry_prefix, [])
     else
-      let prefix = substitute(strpart(expand('%:p'), strlen(path)), '^/\+', "", "") . ':'
-    endif
-    if !empty(prefix)
-      let prefix = ' ' . prefix
+      let prefix = substitute(strpart(expand('%:p'), strlen(path)), '^/\+', "", "")
     endif
 
     let buf = bufnr(changelog)

runtime/ftplugin/clojure.vim

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
 " URL:		https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
 " License:	Same as Vim
-" Last Change:	08 September 2013
+" Last Change:	27 March 2014
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 	finish
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal iskeyword< define< formatoptions< comments< commentstring<'
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal iskeyword< define< formatoptions< comments< commentstring< lispwords<'
 
 setlocal iskeyword+=?,-,*,!,+,/,=,<,>,.,:,$
 
@@ -23,14 +23,29 @@ setlocal iskeyword+=?,-,*,!,+,/,=,<,>,.,:,$
 " of user-defined def* definitions.
 setlocal define=\\v[(/]def(ault)@!\\S*
 
-" Remove 't' from 'formatoptions' to avoid auto-wrapping code. The '+=croql'
-" is standard ftplugin boilerplate, although it is arguably intrusive.
-setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+" Remove 't' from 'formatoptions' to avoid auto-wrapping code.
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
 
 " Lisp comments are routinely nested (e.g. ;;; SECTION HEADING)
 setlocal comments=n:;
 setlocal commentstring=;\ %s
 
+" Specially indented symbols from clojure.core and clojure.test.
+"
+" Clojure symbols are indented in the defn style when they:
+"
+"   * Define vars and anonymous functions
+"   * Create new lexical scopes or scopes with altered environments
+"   * Create conditional branches from a predicate function or value
+"
+" The arglists for these functions are generally in the form of [x & body];
+" Functions that accept a flat list of forms do not treat the first argument
+" specially and hence are not indented specially.
+"
+" -*- LISPWORDS -*-
+" Generated from https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static/blob/vim-release-010/clj/src/vim_clojure_static/generate.clj
+setlocal lispwords=as->,binding,bound-fn,case,catch,cond->,cond->>,condp,def,definline,definterface,defmacro,defmethod,defmulti,defn,defn-,defonce,defprotocol,defrecord,defstruct,deftest,deftest-,deftype,doseq,dotimes,doto,extend,extend-protocol,extend-type,fn,for,if,if-let,if-not,if-some,let,letfn,locking,loop,ns,proxy,reify,set-test,testing,when,when-first,when-let,when-not,when-some,while,with-bindings,with-in-str,with-local-vars,with-open,with-precision,with-redefs,with-redefs-fn,with-test
+
 " Provide insert mode completions for special forms and clojure.core. As
 " 'omnifunc' is set by popular Clojure REPL client plugins, we also set
 " 'completefunc' so that the user has some form of completion available when

runtime/ftplugin/cobol.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	cobol
 " Author:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.info>
-" $Id: cobol.vim,v 1.1 2007/05/05 17:24:38 vimboss Exp $
+" Last Update:	By ZyX: use shiftwidth()
 
 " Insert mode mappings: <C-T> <C-D> <Tab>
 " Normal mode mappings: < > << >> [[ ]] [] ][
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:increase(...)
     let lnum = '.'
-    let sw = &shiftwidth
+    let sw = shiftwidth()
     let i = a:0 ? a:1 : indent(lnum)
     if i >= 11
         return sw - (i - 11) % sw
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:decrease(...)
     let lnum = '.'
-    let sw = &shiftwidth
+    let sw = shiftwidth()
     let i = indent(a:0 ? a:1 : lnum)
     if i >= 11 + sw
         return 1 + (i + 12) % sw
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ function! CobolIndentBlock(shift)
     let head = strpart(getline('.'),0,7)
     let tail = strpart(getline('.'),7)
     let indent = match(tail,'[^ ]')
-    let sw = &shiftwidth
+    let sw = shiftwidth()
     let shift = a:shift
     if shift > 0
         if indent < 4
@@ -221,7 +221,8 @@ endfunction
 function! s:Tab()
     if (strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.')-1) =~ '^\s*$' && &sta)
         return s:IncreaseIndent()
-    elseif &sts == &sw && &sts != 8 && &et
+    " &softtabstop < 0: &softtabstop follows &shiftwidth
+    elseif (&sts < 0 || &sts == shiftwidth()) && &sts != 8 && &et
         return s:repeat(" ",s:increase(col('.')-1))
     else
         return "\<Tab>"

runtime/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
 " Former Maintainers:   Michael Piefel <piefel@informatik.hu-berlin.de>
 "                       Stefano Zacchiroli <zack@debian.org>
-" Last Change:  2012-01-31
+" Last Change:  2014-01-31
 " License:      Vim License
 " URL:          http://hg.debian.org/hg/pkg-vim/vim/file/unstable/runtime/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim
 
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ function CloseBug()
 endfunction
 
 function Distribution(dist)
-    call setline(1, substitute(getline(1), ") [[:lower:] ]*;", ") " . a:dist . ";", ""))
+    call setline(1, substitute(getline(1), ')  *\%(UNRELEASED\|\l\+\);', ") " . a:dist . ";", ""))
 endfunction
 
 function Urgency(urg)

runtime/ftplugin/fortran.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 " Vim settings file
 " Language:	Fortran 2008 (and older: Fortran 2003, 95, 90, 77, 66)
-" Version:	0.48
-" Last Change:	2012 Apr. 18
-" Maintainer:	Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www.unb.ca/chem/ajit/>
+" Version:	0.49
+" Last Change:	2013 Oct. 01
+" Maintainer:	Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www2.unb.ca/~ajit/>
 " Usage:	Do :help fortran-plugin from Vim
 " Credits:
-" Useful suggestions were made by Stefano Zacchiroli, Hendrik Merx, and Ben
-" Fritz.
+" Useful suggestions were made by Stefano Zacchiroli, Hendrik Merx, Ben
+" Fritz, and David Barnett.
 
 " Only do these settings when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ if (b:fortran_fixed_source == 1)
   " setlocal tw=73
 else
   setlocal comments=:!
-  " Free format allows a textwidth of 132 for code but 80 is more usual
-  setlocal tw=80
+  " Free format allows a textwidth of 132
+  setlocal tw=132
 endif
 
 " Set commentstring for foldmethod=marker
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ if !exists("fortran_have_tabs")
   setlocal expandtab
 endif
 
-" Set 'formatoptions' to break comment and text lines but allow long lines
-setlocal fo+=tcql
+" Set 'formatoptions' to break text lines
+setlocal fo+=t
 
 setlocal include=^\\c#\\=\\s*include\\s\\+
 setlocal suffixesadd+=.f08,.f03,.f95,.f90,.for,.f,.F,.f77,.ftn,.fpp
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
     \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< tw< cms< et< inc<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< tw< cms< et< inc< sua<"
 	\ . "| unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:browsefilter"
 
 let &cpoptions=s:cposet

runtime/ftplugin/html.vim

@@ -20,49 +20,9 @@ if exists("g:ft_html_autocomment") && (g:ft_html_autocomment == 1)
     setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 endif
 
-
 if exists('&omnifunc')
-    " Distinguish between HTML versions
-    " To use with other HTML versions add another
-    " elseif condition to match proper DOCTYPE
-    setlocal omnifunc=htmlcomplete#CompleteTags
-
-    if &filetype == 'xhtml'
-            let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10s'
-    else
-            let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401t'
-    endif
-    let i = 1
-    let line = ""
-    while i < 10 && i < line("$")
-        let line = getline(i)
-        if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '
-            break
-        endif
-        let i += 1
-    endwhile
-    if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '  " doctype line found above
-        if line =~ ' HTML 3\.2'
-            let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html32'
-        elseif line =~ ' XHTML 1\.1'
-            let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml11'
-        else    " two-step detection with strict/frameset/transitional
-            if line =~ ' XHTML 1\.0'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10'
-            elseif line =~ ' HTML 4\.01'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401'
-            elseif line =~ ' HTML 4.0\>'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html40'
-            endif
-            if line =~ '\<Transitional\>'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor .= 't'
-            elseif line =~ '\<Frameset\>'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor .= 'f'
-            else
-                let b:html_omni_flavor .= 's'
-            endif
-        endif
-    endif
+  setlocal omnifunc=htmlcomplete#CompleteTags
+  call htmlcomplete#DetectOmniFlavor()
 endif
 
 " HTML:  thanks to Johannes Zellner and Benji Fisher.

runtime/ftplugin/j.vim

@@ -1,17 +1,75 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	J
 " Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013-09-21
+" URL:		https://github.com/glts/vim-j
+" Last Change:	2014-04-05
 
-if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
   finish
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-setlocal iskeyword=48-57,65-90,_,97-122
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal iskeyword=48-57,A-Z,_,a-z
 setlocal comments=:NB.
 setlocal commentstring=NB.\ %s
-setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
 setlocal shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 expandtab
+setlocal matchpairs=(:)
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl et< sts< sw< fo< cms< com< isk<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal matchpairs< expandtab< softtabstop< shiftwidth< formatoptions< commentstring< comments< iskeyword<'
+
+" Section movement with ]] ][ [[ []. The start/end patterns below are amended
+" inside the function in order to avoid matching on the current cursor line.
+let s:sectionstart = '.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>.*'
+let s:sectionend = '\s*)\s*'
+
+function! s:SearchSection(end, backwards, visualmode) abort
+  if a:visualmode !=# ''
+    normal! gv
+  endif
+  let flags = a:backwards ? 'bsW' : 'sW'
+  if a:end
+    call search('^' . s:sectionend . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), flags)
+  else
+    call search('^' . s:sectionstart . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), flags)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, visualmode())<CR>
+sunmap <buffer> ]]
+noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, visualmode())<CR>
+sunmap <buffer> ][
+noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, visualmode())<CR>
+sunmap <buffer> [[
+noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, visualmode())<CR>
+sunmap <buffer> []
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | silent! execute "unmap <buffer> ]]"'
+                   \ . ' | silent! execute "unmap <buffer> ]["'
+                   \ . ' | silent! execute "unmap <buffer> [["'
+                   \ . ' | silent! execute "unmap <buffer> []"'
+
+" Browse dialog filter on Windows (see ":help browsefilter")
+if has('gui_win32') && !exists('b:browsefilter')
+  let b:browsefilter = "J Script Files (*.ijs)\t*.ijs\n"
+                   \ . "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:browsefilter'
+endif
+
+" Enhanced "%" matching (see ":help matchit")
+if exists('loaded_matchit') && !exists('b:match_words')
+  let b:match_ignorecase = 0
+  let b:match_words = '^.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(\:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>:^\s*\:\s*$:^\s*)\s*$'
+                  \ . ',\<\%(for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.:\<\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\)\.:\<end\.'
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words'
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/jproperties.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:	Java properties file
+" Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2013-11-19
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal comments=:#,:!
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< fo<"

runtime/ftplugin/lisp.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 " URL:		 http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
 " Original author:    Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
 " Original URL:		 http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
-" Last Change:   Feb 12, 2013
+" Last Change:   Oct 23, 2013
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -21,9 +21,6 @@ setl iskeyword+=+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
 setl lisp
 setl commentstring=;%s
 
-" make comments behaviour like in c.vim
-" e.g. insertion of ;;; and ;; on normal "O" or "o" when staying in comment
 setl comments^=:;;;,:;;,sr:#\|,mb:\|,ex:\|#
-setl formatoptions+=croql
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal comments< define< formatoptions< iskeyword< lisp< commentstring<"

runtime/ftplugin/python.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	python
 " Maintainer:	Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
-" Last Change:	Wed, 21 Apr 2004 13:13:08 CEST
+" Last Change:	2014 Feb 09
+" Last Change By Johannes: Wed, 21 Apr 2004 13:13:08 CEST
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
@@ -10,11 +11,11 @@ set cpo&vim
 
 setlocal cinkeys-=0#
 setlocal indentkeys-=0#
-setlocal include=\s*\\(from\\\|import\\)
+setlocal include=^\\s*\\(from\\\|import\\)
 setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\.','/','g')
 setlocal suffixesadd=.py
-setlocal comments-=:%
-setlocal commentstring=#%s
+setlocal comments=b:#,fb:-
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 
 setlocal omnifunc=pythoncomplete#Complete
 
@@ -25,24 +26,40 @@ nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('?^\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
 nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('/^\s*\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
 nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('?^\s*\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
 
-if exists('*<SID>Python_jump') | finish | endif
+if !exists('*<SID>Python_jump')
+  fun! <SID>Python_jump(motion) range
+      let cnt = v:count1
+      let save = @/    " save last search pattern
+      mark '
+      while cnt > 0
+	  silent! exe a:motion
+	  let cnt = cnt - 1
+      endwhile
+      call histdel('/', -1)
+      let @/ = save    " restore last search pattern
+  endfun
+endif
 
-fun! <SID>Python_jump(motion) range
-    let cnt = v:count1
-    let save = @/    " save last search pattern
-    mark '
-    while cnt > 0
-	silent! exe a:motion
-	let cnt = cnt - 1
-    endwhile
-    call histdel('/', -1)
-    let @/ = save    " restore last search pattern
-endfun
-
-if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+if has("browsefilter") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
     let b:browsefilter = "Python Files (*.py)\t*.py\n" .
 		       \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
+" As suggested by PEP8.
+setlocal expandtab shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 tabstop=8
+
+" First time: try finding "pydoc".
+if !exists('g:pydoc_executable')
+    if executable('pydoc')
+        let g:pydoc_executable = 1
+    else
+        let g:pydoc_executable = 0
+    endif
+endif
+" If "pydoc" was found use it for keywordprg.
+if g:pydoc_executable
+    setlocal keywordprg=pydoc
+endif
+
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/ftplugin/registry.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:         Windows Registry export with regedit (*.reg)
+" Maintainer:       Cade Forester <ahx2323@gmail.com>
+" Latest Revision:  2014-01-09
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin =
+  \ 'let b:browsefilter = "" | ' .
+  \ 'setlocal ' .
+  \    'comments< '.
+  \    'commentstring< ' .
+  \    'formatoptions< '
+
+
+if has( 'gui_win32' )
+\ && !exists( 'b:browsefilter' )
+   let b:browsefilter =
+      \ 'registry files (*.reg)\t*.reg\n' .
+      \ 'All files (*.*)\t*.*\n'
+endif
+
+setlocal comments=:;
+setlocal commentstring=;\ %s
+
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal formatoptions+=croql
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/scheme.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 " URL:		 http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
 " Original author:    Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
 " Original URL:		 http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
-" Last Change:   Feb 12, 2013
+" Last Change:   Oct 23, 2013
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -22,10 +22,7 @@ setl iskeyword+=+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
 setl lisp
 setl commentstring=;%s
 
-" make comments behaviour like in c.vim
-" e.g. insertion of ;;; and ;; on normal "O" or "o" when staying in comment
 setl comments^=:;;;,:;;,sr:#\|,mb:\|,ex:\|#
-setl formatoptions+=croql
 
 " Scheme-specific settings
 if exists("b:is_mzscheme") || exists("is_mzscheme")

runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Plugin to update the %changelog section of RPM spec files
 " Filename: spec.vim
-" Maintainer: Gustavo Niemeyer <niemeyer@conectiva.com>
-" Last Change: 2012 Mar 07
+" Maintainer: Igor Gnatenko i.gnatenko.brain@gmail.com
+" Former Maintainer: Gustavo Niemeyer <niemeyer@conectiva.com> (until March 2014)
+" Last Change: Sun Mar 2 11:24 MSK 2014 Igor Gnatenko
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 	finish
@@ -150,6 +151,10 @@ if !exists("*s:ParseRpmVars")
 		execute a:strline
 		let definestr = "^[ \t]*%define[ \t]\\+" . varname . "[ \t]\\+\\(.*\\)$"
 		let linenum = search(definestr, "bW")
+		if (linenum == 0)
+			let definestr = substitute(definestr, "%define", "%global", "")
+			let linenum = search(definestr, "bW")
+		endif
 		if (linenum != -1)
 			let ret = ret .  substitute(getline(linenum), definestr, "\\1", "")
 		else

runtime/ftplugin/systemverilog.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:    SystemVerilog
+" Maintainer:  kocha <kocha.lsifrontend@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 12-Aug-2013. 
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Behaves just like Verilog
+runtime! ftplugin/verilog.vim

runtime/indent/clojure.vim

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
 " URL:		https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
 " License:	Same as Vim
-" Last Change:	08 September 2013
+" Last Change:	27 March 2014
 
 " TODO: Indenting after multibyte characters is broken:
 "       (let [Δ (if foo
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal autoindent< smartindent< lispwords< expandtab< softtabstop< shiftwidth< indentexpr< indentkeys<'
+let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal autoindent< smartindent< expandtab< softtabstop< shiftwidth< indentexpr< indentkeys<'
 
 setlocal noautoindent nosmartindent
 setlocal softtabstop=2 shiftwidth=2 expandtab
@@ -53,6 +53,10 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		let g:clojure_align_multiline_strings = 0
 	endif
 
+	if !exists('g:clojure_align_subforms')
+		let g:clojure_align_subforms = 0
+	endif
+
 	function! s:SynIdName()
 		return synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name")
 	endfunction
@@ -66,7 +70,7 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 	endfunction
 
 	function! s:IsParen()
-		return s:CurrentChar() =~ '\v[\(\)\[\]\{\}]' &&
+		return s:CurrentChar() =~# '\v[\(\)\[\]\{\}]' &&
 		     \ s:SynIdName() !~? '\vstring|regex|comment|character'
 	endfunction
 
@@ -78,7 +82,7 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 			   \ ? a:patterns
 			   \ : map(split(a:patterns, ','), '"^" . v:val . "$"')
 		for pat in list
-			if a:string =~ pat | return 1 | endif
+			if a:string =~# pat | return 1 | endif
 		endfor
 	endfunction
 
@@ -144,6 +148,10 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		return val
 	endfunction
 
+	function! s:StripNamespaceAndMacroChars(word)
+		return substitute(a:word, "\\v%(.*/|[#'`~@^,]*)(.*)", '\1', '')
+	endfunction
+
 	function! s:ClojureIsMethodSpecialCaseWorker(position)
 		" Find the next enclosing form.
 		call search('\S', 'Wb')
@@ -163,7 +171,8 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		call cursor(nextParen)
 
 		call search('\S', 'W')
-		if g:clojure_special_indent_words =~ '\<' . s:CurrentWord() . '\>'
+		let w = s:StripNamespaceAndMacroChars(s:CurrentWord())
+		if g:clojure_special_indent_words =~# '\V\<' . w . '\>'
 			return 1
 		endif
 
@@ -269,9 +278,9 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		" metacharacters.
 		"
 		" e.g. clojure.core/defn and #'defn should both indent like defn.
-		let ww = substitute(w, "\\v%(.*/|[#'`~@^,]*)(.*)", '\1', '')
+		let ww = s:StripNamespaceAndMacroChars(w)
 
-		if &lispwords =~ '\V\<' . ww . '\>'
+		if &lispwords =~# '\V\<' . ww . '\>'
 			return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
 		endif
 
@@ -284,7 +293,7 @@ if exists("*searchpairpos")
 		call search('\v\_s', 'cW')
 		call search('\v\S', 'W')
 		if paren[0] < line(".")
-			return paren[1] + &shiftwidth - 1
+			return paren[1] + (g:clojure_align_subforms ? 0 : &shiftwidth - 1)
 		endif
 
 		call search('\v\S', 'bW')
@@ -303,85 +312,6 @@ else
 
 endif
 
-" Specially indented symbols from clojure.core and clojure.test.
-"
-" Clojure symbols are indented in the defn style when they:
-"
-"   * Define vars and anonymous functions
-"   * Create new lexical scopes or scopes with altered environments
-"   * Create conditional branches from a predicate function or value
-"
-" The arglists for these functions are generally in the form of [x & body];
-" Functions that accept a flat list of forms do not treat the first argument
-" specially and hence are not indented specially.
-
-" Definitions
-setlocal lispwords=
-setlocal lispwords+=bound-fn
-setlocal lispwords+=def
-setlocal lispwords+=definline
-setlocal lispwords+=definterface
-setlocal lispwords+=defmacro
-setlocal lispwords+=defmethod
-setlocal lispwords+=defmulti
-setlocal lispwords+=defn
-setlocal lispwords+=defn-
-setlocal lispwords+=defonce
-setlocal lispwords+=defprotocol
-setlocal lispwords+=defrecord
-setlocal lispwords+=defstruct
-setlocal lispwords+=deftest " clojure.test
-setlocal lispwords+=deftest- " clojure.test
-setlocal lispwords+=deftype
-setlocal lispwords+=extend
-setlocal lispwords+=extend-protocol
-setlocal lispwords+=extend-type
-setlocal lispwords+=fn
-setlocal lispwords+=ns
-setlocal lispwords+=proxy
-setlocal lispwords+=reify
-setlocal lispwords+=set-test " clojure.test
-
-" Binding forms
-setlocal lispwords+=as->
-setlocal lispwords+=binding
-setlocal lispwords+=doall
-setlocal lispwords+=dorun
-setlocal lispwords+=doseq
-setlocal lispwords+=dotimes
-setlocal lispwords+=doto
-setlocal lispwords+=for
-setlocal lispwords+=if-let
-setlocal lispwords+=let
-setlocal lispwords+=letfn
-setlocal lispwords+=locking
-setlocal lispwords+=loop
-setlocal lispwords+=testing " clojure.test
-setlocal lispwords+=when-first
-setlocal lispwords+=when-let
-setlocal lispwords+=with-bindings
-setlocal lispwords+=with-in-str
-setlocal lispwords+=with-local-vars
-setlocal lispwords+=with-open
-setlocal lispwords+=with-precision
-setlocal lispwords+=with-redefs
-setlocal lispwords+=with-redefs-fn
-setlocal lispwords+=with-test " clojure.test
-
-" Conditional branching
-setlocal lispwords+=case
-setlocal lispwords+=cond->
-setlocal lispwords+=cond->>
-setlocal lispwords+=condp
-setlocal lispwords+=if
-setlocal lispwords+=if-not
-setlocal lispwords+=when
-setlocal lispwords+=when-not
-setlocal lispwords+=while
-
-" Exception handling
-setlocal lispwords+=catch
-
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet! s:save_cpo
 

runtime/indent/html.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " General: "{{{
 " File:		html.vim (Vimscript #2075)
 " Author:	Andy Wokula <anwoku@yahoo.de>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jun 12
+" Last Change:	2014 Jun 19
 " Rev Days:     13
 " Version:	0.9
 " Vim Version:	Vim7
@@ -30,6 +30,9 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal indentexpr=HtmlIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys=o,O,<Return>,<>>,{,},!^F
 
+" Needed for % to work when finding start of a tag.
+setlocal matchpairs+=<:>
+
 let b:indent = {"lnum": -1}
 let b:undo_indent = "set inde< indk<| unlet b:indent"
 
@@ -72,7 +75,7 @@ func! HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings() "{{{
 endfunc "}}}
 
 " Init Script Vars  "{{{
-let s:usestate = 1
+let s:lasttick = 0
 let s:css1indent = 0
 let s:js1indent = 0
 " not to be changed:
@@ -150,7 +153,7 @@ func! s:CountITags(...) "{{{
 
     if a:0==0
 	let s:block = s:newstate.block
-	let tmpline = substitute(s:curline, '<\zs\/\=\w\+\>\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
+	let tmpline = substitute(s:curline, '<\zs/\=\w\+\>\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
 	if s:block == 3
 	    let s:newstate.scripttype = s:GetScriptType(matchstr(tmpline, '\C.*<SCRIPT\>\zs[^>]*'))
 	endif
@@ -158,7 +161,7 @@ func! s:CountITags(...) "{{{
     else
 	let s:block = 0		" assume starting outside of a block
 	let s:countonly = 1	" don't change state
-	let tmpline = substitute(s:altline, '<\zs\/\=\w\+\>\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
+	let tmpline = substitute(s:altline, '<\zs/\=\w\+\>\|<!--\|-->', '\=s:CheckTag(submatch(0))', 'g')
 	let s:countonly = 0
     endif
 endfunc "}}}
@@ -321,6 +324,7 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum) "{{{
 
     " else within usual html
     let s:altline = tolower(getline(state.lnum))
+
     " check a:lnum-1 for closing comment (we need indent from the opening line)
     let comcol = stridx(s:altline, '-->')
     if comcol >= 0
@@ -337,11 +341,28 @@ func! s:FreshState(lnum) "{{{
 	" TODO check tags that follow "-->"
     endif
 
+    " Check if the previous line starts with end tag.
+    let swendtag = match(s:altline, '^\s*</') >= 0
+
+    " If previous line ended in a closing tag, line up with the opening tag.
+    " Avoids aligning with continuation lines.
+    " TODO: this assumes the start tag is at the start of a line.
+    if !swendtag && s:altline =~ '</\w\+\s*>\s*$'
+	call cursor(state.lnum, 99999)
+        normal F<h
+        " TODO: doesn't work for nested <br> and the like
+        let slnum = searchpair('<\w\+', '', '</\w', 'bW')
+        if slnum > 0
+          let state.baseindent = indent(slnum)
+          return state
+        endif
+    endif
+
     " else no comments
+    let state.lnum = s:FindTagStart(state.lnum)
+    let s:altline = tolower(getline(state.lnum))
     call s:CountITags(1)
     let state.baseindent = indent(state.lnum) + s:nextrel * s:ShiftWidth()
-    " line starts with end tag
-    let swendtag = match(s:altline, '^\s*</') >= 0
     if !swendtag
 	let state.baseindent += s:curind * s:ShiftWidth()
     endif
@@ -380,6 +401,7 @@ func! s:CSSIndent() "{{{
     endif
     let minline = b:indent.blocklnr
     let pnum = s:css_prevnoncomment(v:lnum - 1, minline)
+    let pnum = s:FindTagStart(pnum)
     if pnum <= minline
 	" < is to catch errors
 	" indent for first content line after comments
@@ -431,6 +453,19 @@ func! s:Alien5() "{{{
     return -1
 endfunc "}}}
 
+" When the "lnum" line ends in ">" find the line containing the
+" matching "<".  Avoids using the indent of a continuation line.
+" Moves the cursor.
+" Return the matching line number or "lnum".
+func! s:FindTagStart(lnum) "{{{
+  if getline(a:lnum) =~ '>\s*$'
+    call cursor(a:lnum, 99999)
+    normal! %
+    return line('.')
+  endif
+  return a:lnum
+endfunc "}}}
+
 func! HtmlIndent() "{{{
     let s:curline = tolower(getline(v:lnum))
     let indentunit = s:ShiftWidth()
@@ -441,7 +476,7 @@ func! HtmlIndent() "{{{
     " does the line start with a closing tag?
     let swendtag = match(s:curline, '^\s*</') >= 0
 
-    if prevnonblank(v:lnum-1) == b:indent.lnum && s:usestate
+    if prevnonblank(v:lnum-1) == b:indent.lnum && s:lasttick == b:changedtick - 1
 	" use state (continue from previous line)
     else
 	" start over (know nothing)
@@ -465,14 +500,10 @@ func! HtmlIndent() "{{{
 		let indent = s:Alien{b:indent.block}()
 		let s:newstate.baseindent = b:indent.blocktagind + s:nextrel * indentunit
 	    endif
-	    call extend(b:indent, s:newstate, "force")
-	    return indent
 	else
 	    " block continues
 	    " indent this line with alien method
 	    let indent = s:Alien{b:indent.block}()
-	    call extend(b:indent, s:newstate, "force")
-	    return indent
 	endif
     else
 	" not within a block - within usual html
@@ -486,9 +517,10 @@ func! HtmlIndent() "{{{
 	    let indent = b:indent.baseindent
 	    let s:newstate.baseindent = indent + (s:curind + s:nextrel) * indentunit
 	endif
-	call extend(b:indent, s:newstate, "force")
-	return indent
     endif
+    let s:lasttick = b:changedtick
+    call extend(b:indent, s:newstate, "force")
+    return indent
 
 endfunc "}}}
 

runtime/indent/j.vim

@@ -1,37 +1,50 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	J
 " Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013-09-21
+" URL:		https://github.com/glts/vim-j
+" Last Change:	2014-04-05
 
-if exists("b:did_indent")
+if exists('b:did_indent')
   finish
 endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
 setlocal indentexpr=GetJIndent()
-setlocal indentkeys-=0{,0},\:,0#
-setlocal indentkeys+=0),=case.,=catch.,=catchd.,=catcht.,=do.,=else.,=elseif.,=end.,=fcase.
+setlocal indentkeys-=0{,0},:,0#
+setlocal indentkeys+=0),0<:>,=case.,=catch.,=catchd.,=catcht.,=do.,=else.,=elseif.,=end.,=fcase.
 
-let b:undo_indent = "setl indk< inde<"
+let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal indentkeys< indentexpr<'
 
-if exists("*GetJIndent")
+if exists('*GetJIndent')
   finish
 endif
 
-function GetJIndent()
+" If g:j_indent_definitions is true, the bodies of explicit definitions of
+" adverbs, conjunctions, and verbs will be indented. Default is false (0).
+if !exists('g:j_indent_definitions')
+  let g:j_indent_definitions = 0
+endif
+
+function GetJIndent() abort
   let prevlnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
   if prevlnum == 0
     return 0
   endif
-
   let indent = indent(prevlnum)
-  if getline(prevlnum) =~# '^\s*\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\|for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.'
-    if getline(prevlnum) !~# '\<end\.'
-      let indent += &shiftwidth
-    endif
+  let prevline = getline(prevlnum)
+  if prevline =~# '^\s*\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\|for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.\%(\%(\<end\.\)\@!.\)*$'
+    " Increase indentation after an initial control word that starts or
+    " continues a block and is not terminated by "end."
+    let indent += shiftwidth()
+  elseif g:j_indent_definitions && (prevline =~# '\<\%([1-4]\|13\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>' || prevline =~# '^\s*:\s*$')
+    " Increase indentation in explicit definitions of adverbs, conjunctions,
+    " and verbs
+    let indent += shiftwidth()
   endif
-  if getline(v:lnum) =~# '^\s*\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|end\|fcase\)\.'
-    let indent -= &shiftwidth
+  " Decrease indentation in lines that start with either control words that
+  " continue or end a block, or the special items ")" and ":"
+  if getline(v:lnum) =~# '^\s*\%()\|:\|\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|end\|fcase\)\.\)'
+    let indent -= shiftwidth()
   endif
   return indent
 endfunction

runtime/indent/php.vim

@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
 " Author:	John Wellesz <John.wellesz (AT) teaser (DOT) fr>
 " URL:		http://www.2072productions.com/vim/indent/php.vim
 " Home:		https://github.com/2072/PHP-Indenting-for-VIm
-" Last Change:	2013 August 7th
-" Version:	1.39
+" Last Change:	2014 April 3rd
+" Version:	1.49
 "
 "
 "	Type :help php-indent for available options
@@ -39,7 +39,8 @@
 "
 "	or simply 'let' the option PHP_removeCRwhenUnix to 1 and the script will
 "	silently remove them when VIM load this script (at each bufread).
-"
+
+
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
     finish
@@ -126,14 +127,26 @@ if exists("*GetPhpIndent")
     finish " XXX -- comment this line for easy dev
 endif
 
+
+let s:notPhpHereDoc = '\%(break\|return\|continue\|exit\|die\|else\)'
+let s:blockstart = '\%(\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\%(\s\+\)\=\)\=if\>\|\%(}\s*\)\?else\>\|do\>\|while\>\|switch\>\|case\>\|default\>\|for\%(each\)\=\>\|declare\>\|class\>\|trait\>\|use\>\|interface\>\|abstract\>\|final\>\|try\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=catch\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=finally\>\)'
+let s:functionDecl = '\<function\>\%(\s\+[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z0-9_\x7f-\xff]*\)\=\s*(.*'
 let s:endline= '\s*\%(//.*\|#.*\|/\*.*\*/\s*\)\=$'
+let s:terminated = '\%(\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\)'.s:endline.'\)\|^[^''"`]*[''"`]$'
 let s:PHP_startindenttag = '<?\%(.*?>\)\@!\|<script[^>]*>\%(.*<\/script>\)\@!'
 
 
+
+let s:escapeDebugStops = 0
 function! DebugPrintReturn(scriptLine)
 
-    echo "debug:" . a:scriptLine
-    call getchar()
+    if ! s:escapeDebugStops 
+	echo "debug:" . a:scriptLine
+	let c = getchar()
+	if c == "\<Del>"
+	    let s:escapeDebugStops = 1
+	end
+    endif
 
 endfunction
 
@@ -190,6 +203,11 @@ function! GetLastRealCodeLNum(startline) " {{{
 	    while getline(lnum) !~? tofind && lnum > 1
 		let lnum = lnum - 1
 	    endwhile
+	elseif lastline =~ '^[^''"`]*[''"`][;,]'.s:endline
+	    let tofind=substitute( lastline, '^.*\([''"`]\)[;,].*$', '^[^\1]\\+[\1]$', '')
+	    while getline(lnum) !~? tofind && lnum > 1
+		let lnum = lnum - 1
+	    endwhile
 	else
 	    break
 	endif
@@ -211,9 +229,9 @@ function! Skippmatch2()
     let line = getline(".")
 
     if line =~ "\\([\"']\\).*/\\*.*\\1" || line =~ '\%(//\|#\).*/\*'
-        return 1
+	return 1
     else
-        return 0
+	return 0
     endif
 endfun
 
@@ -226,9 +244,23 @@ function! Skippmatch()	" {{{
     endif
 endfun " }}}
 
-function! FindOpenBracket(lnum) " {{{
+function! FindOpenBracket(lnum, blockStarter) " {{{
     call cursor(a:lnum, 1)
-    return searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
+    let line = searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
+
+    if a:blockStarter == 1
+	while line > 1 
+	    let linec = getline(line)
+
+	    if linec =~ s:terminated || linec =~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . s:endline
+		break
+	    endif
+
+	    let line = GetLastRealCodeLNum(line - 1)
+	endwhile
+    endif
+
+    return line
 endfun " }}}
 
 function! FindTheIfOfAnElse (lnum, StopAfterFirstPrevElse) " {{{
@@ -248,7 +280,7 @@ function! FindTheIfOfAnElse (lnum, StopAfterFirstPrevElse) " {{{
     endif
 
     if getline(beforeelse) =~ '^\s*}'
-	let beforeelse = FindOpenBracket(beforeelse)
+	let beforeelse = FindOpenBracket(beforeelse, 0)
 
 	if getline(beforeelse) =~ '^\s*{'
 	    let beforeelse = GetLastRealCodeLNum(beforeelse - 1)
@@ -285,13 +317,13 @@ function! FindTheSwitchIndent (lnum) " {{{
 	return indent(1) - &sw * b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent
     end
 
-    if getline(test) =~ '^\s*}'
-	let test = FindOpenBracket(test)
+    while getline(test) =~ '^\s*}' && test > 1
+	let test = GetLastRealCodeLNum(FindOpenBracket(test, 0) - 1)
 
-	if getline(test) =~ '^\s*{'
-	    let test = GetLastRealCodeLNum(GetLastRealCodeLNum(test - 1) - 1)
+	if getline(test) =~ '^\s*switch\>'
+	    let test = GetLastRealCodeLNum(test - 1)
 	endif
-    endif
+    endwhile
 
     if getline(test) =~# '^\s*switch\>'
 	return indent(test)
@@ -308,7 +340,7 @@ function! IslinePHP (lnum, tofind) " {{{
     let cline = getline(a:lnum)
 
     if a:tofind==""
-	let tofind = "^\\s*[\"']*\\s*\\zs\\S"
+	let tofind = "^\\s*[\"'`]*\\s*\\zs\\S"
     else
 	let tofind = a:tofind
     endif
@@ -319,6 +351,14 @@ function! IslinePHP (lnum, tofind) " {{{
 
     let synname = synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, coltotest, 0), "name")
 
+    if synname == 'phpStringSingle' || synname == 'phpStringDouble' || synname == 'phpBacktick'
+	if cline !~ '^\s*[''"`]'
+	    return ""
+	else
+	    return synname
+	end
+    end
+
     if get(s:SynPHPMatchGroups, synname) || synname =~ '^php' ||  synname =~? '^javaScript'
 	return synname
     else
@@ -326,9 +366,6 @@ function! IslinePHP (lnum, tofind) " {{{
     endif
 endfunction " }}}
 
-let s:notPhpHereDoc = '\%(break\|return\|continue\|exit\|die\|else\)'
-let s:blockstart = '\%(\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\%(\s\+\)\=\)\=if\>\|else\>\|while\>\|switch\>\|case\>\|default\>\|for\%(each\)\=\>\|declare\>\|class\>\|interface\>\|abstract\>\|try\>\|catch\>\)'
-
 let s:autoresetoptions = 0
 if ! s:autoresetoptions
     let s:autoresetoptions = 1
@@ -344,7 +381,6 @@ function! ResetPhpOptions()
 	    setlocal formatoptions+=q
 	    setlocal formatoptions+=r
 	    setlocal formatoptions+=o
-	    setlocal formatoptions+=w
 	    setlocal formatoptions+=c
 	    setlocal formatoptions+=b
 	endif
@@ -443,6 +479,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     " Test if we are indenting PHP code {{{
     let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
     let last_line = getline(lnum)
+    let endline= s:endline
 
     if b:InPHPcode_tofind!=""
 	if cline =~? b:InPHPcode_tofind
@@ -483,6 +520,9 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 		let b:InPHPcode_and_script = 1
 	    endif
 
+	elseif last_line =~ '^[^''"`]\+[''"`]$' " a string identifier with nothing after it and no other string identifier before
+	    let b:InPHPcode = 0
+	    let b:InPHPcode_tofind = substitute( last_line, '^.*\([''"`]\).*$', '^[^\1]*\1[;,]$', '')
 	elseif last_line =~? '<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$'
 	    let b:InPHPcode = 0
 	    let b:InPHPcode_tofind = substitute( last_line, '^.*<<<''\=\(\a\w*\)''\=$', '^\\s*\1;\\=$', '')
@@ -545,7 +585,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	return 0
     endif
 
-    if cline =~? '^\s*\a\w*;$\|^\a\w*$' && cline !~? s:notPhpHereDoc
+    if cline =~? '^\s*\a\w*;$\|^\a\w*$\|^\s*[''"`][;,]' && cline !~? s:notPhpHereDoc
 	return 0
     endif " }}}
 
@@ -555,7 +595,6 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
     let last_line = getline(lnum)
     let ind = indent(lnum)
-    let endline= s:endline
 
     if ind==0 && b:PHP_default_indenting
 	let ind = b:PHP_default_indenting
@@ -567,7 +606,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
 
     if cline =~ '^\s*}\%(}}\)\@!'
-	let ind = indent(FindOpenBracket(v:lnum))
+	let ind = indent(FindOpenBracket(v:lnum, 1))
 	let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = b:PHP_default_indenting
 	return ind
     endif
@@ -599,7 +638,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
     let LastLineClosed = 0
 
-    let terminated = '\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\)'.endline
+    let terminated = s:terminated
 
     let unstated   = '\%(^\s*'.s:blockstart.'.*)\|\%(//.*\)\@<!\<e'.'lse\>\)'.endline
 
@@ -614,7 +653,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
 	while last_line_num > 1
 
-	    if previous_line =~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\|\%([a-zA-Z]\s*\)*function\)'
+	    if previous_line =~ terminated || previous_line =~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . endline
 
 		let ind = indent(last_line_num)
 
@@ -625,7 +664,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 		return ind
 	    endif
 
-	    let last_line_num = last_line_num - 1
+	    let last_line_num = GetLastRealCodeLNum(last_line_num - 1)
 	    let previous_line = getline(last_line_num)
 	endwhile
 
@@ -638,22 +677,29 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	let last_line_num = lnum
 	let LastLineClosed = 1
 
+	let isSingleLineBlock = 0
 	while 1
-	    if previous_line =~ '^\s*}\|;\s*}'.endline " XXX
+	    if ! isSingleLineBlock && previous_line =~ '^\s*}\|;\s*}'.endline " XXX
 
 		call cursor(last_line_num, 1)
-		call search('}\|;\s*}'.endline, 'W')
+		if previous_line !~ '^}'
+		    call search('}\|;\s*}'.endline, 'W')
+		end
 		let oldLastLine = last_line_num
 		let last_line_num = searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
 
-		if oldLastLine == last_line_num || getline(last_line_num) =~ '^\s*{'
+		if getline(last_line_num) =~ '^\s*{'
 		    let last_line_num = GetLastRealCodeLNum(last_line_num - 1)
+		elseif oldLastLine == last_line_num
+		    let isSingleLineBlock = 1
+		    continue
 		endif
 
 		let previous_line = getline(last_line_num)
 
 		continue
 	    else
+		let isSingleLineBlock = 0
 
 		if getline(last_line_num) =~# '^\s*else\%(if\)\=\>'
 		    let last_line_num = FindTheIfOfAnElse(last_line_num, 0)
@@ -711,7 +757,12 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
 	if last_line =~# '[{(\[]'.endline || last_line =~? '\h\w*\s*(.*,$' && AntepenultimateLine !~ '[,(]'.endline
 
-	    if !b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel || last_line !~# '^\s*{'
+	    let dontIndent = 0
+	    if last_line =~ '\S\+\s*{'.endline && last_line !~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . s:endline
+		let dontIndent = 1
+	    endif
+
+	    if !dontIndent && (!b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel || last_line !~# '^\s*{')
 		let ind = ind + &sw
 	    endif
 
@@ -723,7 +774,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
 	elseif last_line =~ '\S\+\s*),'.endline
 	    call cursor(lnum, 1)
-	    call search('),'.endline, 'W')
+	    call search('),'.endline, 'W') " line never begins with ) so no need for 'c' flag
 	    let openedparent = searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
 	    if openedparent != lnum
 		let ind = indent(openedparent)

runtime/indent/sh.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:         Shell Script
-" Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2010-01-06
+" Maintainer:       Peter Aronoff <telemachus@arpinum.org>
+" Original Author:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Revision:  2013-11-28
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -77,6 +78,8 @@ function! GetShIndent()
   let line = getline(v:lnum)
   if line =~ '^\s*\%(then\|do\|else\|elif\|fi\|done\)\>' || line =~ '^\s*}'
     let ind -= s:indent_value('default')
+  elseif line =~ '^\s*esac\>' && s:is_case_empty(getline(v:lnum - 1))
+    let ind -= s:indent_value('default')
   elseif line =~ '^\s*esac\>'
     let ind -= (s:is_case_label(pine, lnum) && s:is_case_ended(pine) ?
              \ 0 : s:indent_value('case-statements')) +
@@ -154,5 +157,13 @@ function! s:is_case_ended(line)
   return s:is_case_break(a:line) || a:line =~ ';[;&]\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
 endfunction
 
+function! s:is_case_empty(line)
+  if a:line =~ '^\s*$' || a:line =~ '^\s*#'
+    return s:is_case_empty(getline(v:lnum - 1))
+  else
+    return a:line =~ '^\s*case\>'
+  endif
+endfunction
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/indent/systemverilog.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:    SystemVerilog
+" Maintainer:  kocha <kocha.lsifrontend@gmail.com>
+" Last Change: 12-Aug-2013. 
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal indentexpr=SystemVerilogIndent()
+setlocal indentkeys=!^F,o,O,0),0},=begin,=end,=join,=endcase,=join_any,=join_none
+setlocal indentkeys+==endmodule,=endfunction,=endtask,=endspecify
+setlocal indentkeys+==endclass,=endpackage,=endsequence,=endclocking
+setlocal indentkeys+==endinterface,=endgroup,=endprogram,=endproperty,=endchecker
+setlocal indentkeys+==`else,=`endif
+
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists("*SystemVerilogIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+function SystemVerilogIndent()
+
+  if exists('b:systemverilog_indent_width')
+    let offset = b:systemverilog_indent_width
+  else
+    let offset = &sw
+  endif
+  if exists('b:systemverilog_indent_modules')
+    let indent_modules = offset
+  else
+    let indent_modules = 0
+  endif
+
+  " Find a non-blank line above the current line.
+  let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+  " At the start of the file use zero indent.
+  if lnum == 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  let lnum2 = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+  let curr_line  = getline(v:lnum)
+  let last_line  = getline(lnum)
+  let last_line2 = getline(lnum2)
+  let ind  = indent(lnum)
+  let ind2 = indent(lnum - 1)
+  let offset_comment1 = 1
+  " Define the condition of an open statement
+  "   Exclude the match of //, /* or */
+  let sv_openstat = '\(\<or\>\|\([*/]\)\@<![*(,{><+-/%^&|!=?:]\([*/]\)\@!\)'
+  " Define the condition when the statement ends with a one-line comment
+  let sv_comment = '\(//.*\|/\*.*\*/\s*\)'
+  if exists('b:verilog_indent_verbose')
+    let vverb_str = 'INDENT VERBOSE:'
+    let vverb = 1
+  else
+    let vverb = 0
+  endif
+
+  " Indent accoding to last line
+  " End of multiple-line comment
+  if last_line =~ '\*/\s*$' && last_line !~ '/\*.\{-}\*/'
+    let ind = ind - offset_comment1
+    if vverb
+      echo vverb_str "De-indent after a multiple-line comment."
+    endif
+
+  " Indent after if/else/for/case/always/initial/specify/fork blocks
+  elseif last_line =~ '`\@<!\<\(if\|else\)\>' ||
+    \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(for\|case\%[[zx]]\|do\|foreach\|randcase\)\>' ||
+    \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(always\|always_comb\|always_ff\|always_latch\)\>' ||
+    \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(initial\|specify\|fork\|final\)\>'
+    if last_line !~ '\(;\|\<end\>\)\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' ||
+      \ last_line =~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\(;\|\<end\>\)\s*' . sv_comment . '*$'
+      let ind = ind + offset
+      if vverb | echo vverb_str "Indent after a block statement." | endif
+    endif
+  " Indent after function/task/class/package/sequence/clocking/
+  " interface/covergroup/property/checkerprogram blocks
+  elseif last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(function\|task\|class\|package\)\>' ||
+    \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(sequence\|clocking\|interface\)\>' ||
+    \ last_line =~ '^\s*\(\w\+\s*:\)\=\s*\<covergroup\>' ||
+    \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(property\|checker\|program\)\>'
+    if last_line !~ '\<end\>\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' ||
+      \ last_line =~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\(;\|\<end\>\)\s*' . sv_comment . '*$'
+      let ind = ind + offset
+      if vverb
+	echo vverb_str "Indent after function/task/class block statement."
+      endif
+    endif
+
+  " Indent after module/function/task/specify/fork blocks
+  elseif last_line =~ '^\s*\(\<extern\>\s*\)\=\<module\>'
+    let ind = ind + indent_modules
+    if vverb && indent_modules
+      echo vverb_str "Indent after module statement."
+    endif
+    if last_line =~ '[(,]\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
+      \ last_line !~ '\(//\|/\*\).*[(,]\s*' . sv_comment . '*$'
+      let ind = ind + offset
+      if vverb
+	echo vverb_str "Indent after a multiple-line module statement."
+      endif
+    endif
+
+  " Indent after a 'begin' statement
+  elseif last_line =~ '\(\<begin\>\)\(\s*:\s*\w\+\)*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
+    \ last_line !~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\(\<begin\>\)' &&
+    \ ( last_line2 !~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' ||
+    \ last_line2 =~ '^\s*[^=!]\+\s*:\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' )
+    let ind = ind + offset
+    if vverb | echo vverb_str "Indent after begin statement." | endif
+
+  " Indent after a '{' or a '('
+  elseif last_line =~ '[{(]' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
+    \ last_line !~ '\(//\|/\*\).*[{(]' &&
+    \ ( last_line2 !~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' ||
+    \ last_line2 =~ '^\s*[^=!]\+\s*:\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' )
+    let ind = ind + offset
+    if vverb | echo vverb_str "Indent after begin statement." | endif
+
+  " De-indent for the end of one-line block
+  elseif ( last_line !~ '\<begin\>' ||
+    \ last_line =~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\<begin\>' ) &&
+    \ last_line2 =~ '\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|final\)\>.*' .
+      \ sv_comment . '*$' &&
+    \ last_line2 !~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|final\)\>' &&
+    \ last_line2 !~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
+    \ ( last_line2 !~ '\<begin\>' ||
+    \ last_line2 =~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\<begin\>' )
+    let ind = ind - offset
+    if vverb
+      echo vverb_str "De-indent after the end of one-line statement."
+    endif
+
+    " Multiple-line statement (including case statement)
+    " Open statement
+    "   Ident the first open line
+    elseif  last_line =~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
+      \ last_line !~ '\(//\|/\*\).*' . sv_openstat . '\s*$' &&
+      \ last_line2 !~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$'
+      let ind = ind + offset
+      if vverb | echo vverb_str "Indent after an open statement." | endif
+
+    " Close statement
+    "   De-indent for an optional close parenthesis and a semicolon, and only
+    "   if there exists precedent non-whitespace char
+    elseif last_line =~ ')*\s*;\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
+      \ last_line !~ '^\s*)*\s*;\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
+      \ last_line !~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\S)*\s*;\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
+      \ ( last_line2 =~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
+      \ last_line2 !~ ';\s*//.*$') &&
+      \ last_line2 !~ '^\s*' . sv_comment . '$'
+      let ind = ind - offset
+      if vverb | echo vverb_str "De-indent after a close statement." | endif
+
+  " `ifdef and `else
+  elseif last_line =~ '^\s*`\<\(ifdef\|else\)\>'
+    let ind = ind + offset
+    if vverb
+      echo vverb_str "Indent after a `ifdef or `else statement."
+    endif
+
+  endif
+
+  " Re-indent current line
+
+  " De-indent on the end of the block
+  " join/end/endcase/endfunction/endtask/endspecify
+  if curr_line =~ '^\s*\<\(join\|join_any\|join_none\|\|end\|endcase\|while\)\>' ||
+      \ curr_line =~ '^\s*\<\(endfunction\|endtask\|endspecify\|endclass\)\>' ||
+      \ curr_line =~ '^\s*\<\(endpackage\|endsequence\|endclocking\|endinterface\)\>' ||
+      \ curr_line =~ '^\s*\<\(endgroup\|endproperty\|endchecker\|endprogram\)\>' ||
+      \ curr_line =~ '^\s*}'
+    let ind = ind - offset
+    if vverb | echo vverb_str "De-indent the end of a block." | endif
+  elseif curr_line =~ '^\s*\<endmodule\>'
+    let ind = ind - indent_modules
+    if vverb && indent_modules
+      echo vverb_str "De-indent the end of a module."
+    endif
+
+  " De-indent on a stand-alone 'begin'
+  elseif curr_line =~ '^\s*\<begin\>'
+    if last_line !~ '^\s*\<\(function\|task\|specify\|module\|class\|package\)\>' ||
+      \ last_line !~ '^\s*\<\(sequence\|clocking\|interface\|covergroup\)\>' ||
+      \ last_line !~ '^\s*\<\(property\|checker\|program\)\>' &&
+      \ last_line !~ '^\s*\()*\s*;\|)\+\)\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
+      \ ( last_line =~
+      \ '\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|case\%[[zx]]\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|randcase\|final\)\>' ||
+      \ last_line =~ ')\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' ||
+      \ last_line =~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' )
+      let ind = ind - offset
+      if vverb
+	echo vverb_str "De-indent a stand alone begin statement."
+      endif
+    endif
+
+  " De-indent after the end of multiple-line statement
+  elseif curr_line =~ '^\s*)' &&
+    \ ( last_line =~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' ||
+    \ last_line !~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
+    \ last_line2 =~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' )
+    let ind = ind - offset
+    if vverb
+      echo vverb_str "De-indent the end of a multiple statement."
+    endif
+
+  " De-indent `else and `endif
+  elseif curr_line =~ '^\s*`\<\(else\|endif\)\>'
+    let ind = ind - offset
+    if vverb | echo vverb_str "De-indent `else and `endif statement." | endif
+
+  endif
+
+  " Return the indention
+  return ind
+endfunction
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim:sw=2

runtime/macros/less.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim script to work like "less"
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 May 18
+" Last Change:	2014 May 13
 
 " Avoid loading this file twice, allow the user to define his own script.
 if exists("loaded_less")
@@ -87,6 +87,9 @@ noremap <script> <Space> :call <SID>NextPage()<CR><SID>L
 map <C-V> <Space>
 map f <Space>
 map <C-F> <Space>
+map <PageDown> <Space>
+map <kPageDown> <Space>
+map <S-Down> <Space>
 map z <Space>
 map <Esc><Space> <Space>
 fun! s:NextPage()
@@ -116,10 +119,14 @@ map e <CR>
 map <C-E> <CR>
 map j <CR>
 map <C-J> <CR>
+map <Down> <CR>
 
 " Scroll one page backward
 noremap <script> b <C-B><SID>L
 map <C-B> b
+map <PageUp> b
+map <kPageUp> b
+map <S-Up> b
 map w b
 map <Esc>v b
 
@@ -133,6 +140,7 @@ map y k
 map <C-Y> k
 map <C-P> k
 map <C-K> k
+map <Up> k
 
 " Redraw
 noremap <script> r <C-L><SID>L
@@ -143,11 +151,15 @@ noremap <script> R <C-L><SID>L
 noremap <script> g gg<SID>L
 map < g
 map <Esc>< g
+map <Home> g
+map <kHome> g
 
 " End of file
 noremap <script> G G<SID>L
 map > G
 map <Esc>> G
+map <End> G
+map <kEnd> G
 
 " Go to percentage
 noremap <script> % %<SID>L
@@ -184,6 +196,7 @@ fun! s:Backward()
 endfun
 
 call s:Forward()
+cunmap <CR>
 
 " Quitting
 noremap q :q<CR>
@@ -240,6 +253,18 @@ fun! s:End()
   unmap v
   unmap /
   unmap ?
+  unmap <Up>
+  unmap <Down>
+  unmap <PageDown>
+  unmap <kPageDown>
+  unmap <PageUp>
+  unmap <kPageUp>
+  unmap <S-Down>
+  unmap <S-Up>
+  unmap <Home>
+  unmap <kHome>
+  unmap <End>
+  unmap <kEnd>
 endfun
 
 " vim: sw=2

runtime/menu.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " You can also use this as a start for your own set of menus.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 May 17
+" Last Change:	2014 May 22
 
 " Note that ":an" (short for ":anoremenu") is often used to make a menu work
 " in all modes and avoid side effects from mappings defined by the user.
@@ -477,6 +477,7 @@ if has("folding")
   an 40.340.110 &Tools.&Folding.&Enable/Disable\ folds<Tab>zi		zi
   an 40.340.120 &Tools.&Folding.&View\ Cursor\ Line<Tab>zv		zv
   an 40.340.120 &Tools.&Folding.Vie&w\ Cursor\ Line\ only<Tab>zMzx	zMzx
+  inoremenu 40.340.120 &Tools.&Folding.Vie&w\ Cursor\ Line\ only<Tab>zMzx  <C-O>zM<C-O>zx
   an 40.340.130 &Tools.&Folding.C&lose\ more\ folds<Tab>zm		zm
   an 40.340.140 &Tools.&Folding.&Close\ all\ folds<Tab>zM		zM
   an 40.340.150 &Tools.&Folding.O&pen\ more\ folds<Tab>zr		zr

runtime/optwin.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " These commands create the option window.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jun 29
+" Last Change:	2014 Apr 01
 
 " If there already is an option window, jump to that one.
 if bufwinnr("option-window") > 0
@@ -324,6 +324,12 @@ call <SID>BinOptionG("wrap", &wrap)
 call append("$", "linebreak\twrap long lines at a character in 'breakat'")
 call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
 call <SID>BinOptionL("lbr")
+call append("$", "breakindent\tpreserve indentation in wrapped text")
+call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
+call <SID>BinOptionL("bri")
+call append("$", "breakindentopt\tadjust breakindent behaviour")
+call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
+call <SID>OptionL("briopt")
 call append("$", "breakat\twhich characters might cause a line break")
 call <SID>OptionG("brk", &brk)
 call append("$", "showbreak\tstring to put before wrapped screen lines")
@@ -855,7 +861,7 @@ if has("lispindent")
   call append("$", "\t(local to buffer)")
   call <SID>BinOptionL("lisp")
   call append("$", "lispwords\twords that change how lisp indenting works")
-  call <SID>OptionG("lw", &lw)
+  call <SID>OptionL("lw")
 endif
 
 

runtime/plugin/getscriptPlugin.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscriptPlugin.vim
 "  Author:	Charles E. Campbell
-"  Date:	Jan 07, 2008
+"  Date:	Nov 29, 2013
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -13,13 +13,16 @@
 " Initialization:	{{{1
 " if you're sourcing this file, surely you can't be
 " expecting vim to be in its vi-compatible mode
-if &cp || exists("g:loaded_getscriptPlugin")
+if exists("g:loaded_getscriptPlugin")
+ finish
+endif
+if &cp
  if &verbose
   echo "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
  endif
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscriptPlugin = "v35"
+let g:loaded_getscriptPlugin = "v36"
 let s:keepcpo                = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 

runtime/plugin/matchparen.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for showing matching parens
 " Maintainer:  Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change: 2013 May 08
+" Last Change: 2014 Jun 17
 
 " Exit quickly when:
 " - this plugin was already loaded (or disabled)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ set cpo-=C
 function! s:Highlight_Matching_Pair()
   " Remove any previous match.
   if exists('w:paren_hl_on') && w:paren_hl_on
-    3match none
+    silent! call matchdelete(3)
     let w:paren_hl_on = 0
   endif
 
@@ -152,14 +152,18 @@ function! s:Highlight_Matching_Pair()
 
   " If a match is found setup match highlighting.
   if m_lnum > 0 && m_lnum >= stoplinetop && m_lnum <= stoplinebottom 
-    exe '3match MatchParen /\(\%' . c_lnum . 'l\%' . (c_col - before) .
-	  \ 'c\)\|\(\%' . m_lnum . 'l\%' . m_col . 'c\)/'
+    if exists('*matchaddpos')
+      call matchaddpos('MatchParen', [[c_lnum, c_col - before], [m_lnum, m_col]], 10, 3)
+    else
+      exe '3match MatchParen /\(\%' . c_lnum . 'l\%' . (c_col - before) .
+	    \ 'c\)\|\(\%' . m_lnum . 'l\%' . m_col . 'c\)/'
+    endif
     let w:paren_hl_on = 1
   endif
 endfunction
 
 " Define commands that will disable and enable the plugin.
-command! NoMatchParen windo 3match none | unlet! g:loaded_matchparen |
+command! NoMatchParen windo silent! call matchdelete(3) | unlet! g:loaded_matchparen |
 	  \ au! matchparen
 command! DoMatchParen runtime plugin/matchparen.vim | windo doau CursorMoved
 

runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " netrwPlugin.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across a network
 "            PLUGIN SECTION
-" Date:		Apr 30, 2013
+" Date:		Jan 22, 2014
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,27 +20,34 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_netrwPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-"DechoTabOn
-let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v149"
+let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v152"
 if v:version < 702
- echohl WarningMsg | echo "***netrw*** you need vim version 7.2 for this version of netrw" | echohl None
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echo "***warning*** you need vim version 7.2 for this version of netrw"
+ echohl None
+ finish
+endif
+if v:version < 703 || (v:version == 703 && !has("patch465"))
+ echohl WarningMsg
+ echo "***warning*** this version of netrw needs vim 7.3.465 or later"
+ echohl Normal
  finish
 endif
 let s:keepcpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
-"DechoTabOn
+"DechoRemOn
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Public Interface: {{{1
 
-" Local Browsing: {{{2
+" Local Browsing Autocmds: {{{2
 augroup FileExplorer
  au!
- " SEE Benzinger problem...
- au BufEnter *	sil! call s:LocalBrowse(expand("<amatch>"))
- au VimEnter *	sil! call s:VimEnter(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufLeave *  if &ft != "netrw"|let w:netrw_prvfile= expand("%:p")|endif
+ au BufEnter *	sil call s:LocalBrowse(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au VimEnter *	sil call s:VimEnter(expand("<amatch>"))
  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-  au BufEnter .* sil! call s:LocalBrowse(expand("<amatch>"))
+  au BufEnter .* sil call s:LocalBrowse(expand("<amatch>"))
  endif
 augroup END
 
@@ -50,8 +57,8 @@ augroup Network
  au BufReadCmd   file://*									call netrw#FileUrlRead(expand("<amatch>"))
  au BufReadCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau BufReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(2,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  au FileReadCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau FileReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(1,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
- au BufWriteCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "sil doau BufWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
- au FileWriteCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "sil doau FileWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "'[,']".'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufWriteCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*		exe "sil doau BufWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au FileWriteCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*		exe "sil doau FileWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "'[,']".'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  try
   au SourceCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe 'Nsource '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E216/
@@ -60,12 +67,13 @@ augroup Network
 augroup END
 
 " Commands: :Nread, :Nwrite, :NetUserPass {{{2
-com! -count=1 -nargs=*	Nread		call netrw#NetrwSavePosn()<bar>call netrw#NetRead(<count>,<f-args>)<bar>call netrw#NetrwRestorePosn()
-com! -range=% -nargs=*	Nwrite		call netrw#NetrwSavePosn()<bar><line1>,<line2>call netrw#NetWrite(<f-args>)<bar>call netrw#NetrwRestorePosn()
+com! -count=1 -nargs=*	Nread		call netrw#SavePosn()<bar>call netrw#NetRead(<count>,<f-args>)<bar>call netrw#RestorePosn()
+com! -range=% -nargs=*	Nwrite		call netrw#SavePosn()<bar><line1>,<line2>call netrw#NetWrite(<f-args>)<bar>call netrw#RestorePosn()
 com! -nargs=*		NetUserPass	call NetUserPass(<f-args>)
-com! -nargs=*	        Nsource		call netrw#NetrwSavePosn()<bar>call netrw#NetSource(<f-args>)<bar>call netrw#NetrwRestorePosn()
+com! -nargs=*	        Nsource		call netrw#SavePosn()<bar>call netrw#NetSource(<f-args>)<bar>call netrw#RestorePosn()
+com! -nargs=?		Ntree		call netrw#SetTreetop(<q-args>)
 
-" Commands: :Explore, :Sexplore, Hexplore, Vexplore {{{2
+" Commands: :Explore, :Sexplore, Hexplore, Vexplore, Lexplore {{{2
 com! -nargs=* -bar -bang -count=0 -complete=dir	Explore		call netrw#Explore(<count>,0,0+<bang>0,<q-args>)
 com! -nargs=* -bar -bang -count=0 -complete=dir	Sexplore	call netrw#Explore(<count>,1,0+<bang>0,<q-args>)
 com! -nargs=* -bar -bang -count=0 -complete=dir	Hexplore	call netrw#Explore(<count>,1,2+<bang>0,<q-args>)
@@ -73,56 +81,79 @@ com! -nargs=* -bar -bang -count=0 -complete=dir	Vexplore	call netrw#Explore(<cou
 com! -nargs=* -bar       -count=0 -complete=dir	Texplore	call netrw#Explore(<count>,0,6        ,<q-args>)
 com! -nargs=* -bar -bang			Nexplore	call netrw#Explore(-1,0,0,<q-args>)
 com! -nargs=* -bar -bang			Pexplore	call netrw#Explore(-2,0,0,<q-args>)
+com! -nargs=* -bar       	  -complete=dir Lexplore	call netrw#Lexplore(<q-args>)
 
 " Commands: NetrwSettings {{{2
 com! -nargs=0	NetrwSettings	call netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
-com! -bang	NetrwClean	call netrw#NetrwClean(<bang>0)
+com! -bang	NetrwClean	call netrw#Clean(<bang>0)
 
 " Maps:
 if !exists("g:netrw_nogx") && maparg('gx','n') == ""
  if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseX')
   nmap <unique> gx <Plug>NetrwBrowseX
  endif
- nno <silent> <Plug>NetrwBrowseX :call netrw#NetrwBrowseX(expand("<cWORD>"),0)<cr>
+ nno <silent> <Plug>NetrwBrowseX :call netrw#NetrwBrowseX(expand("<cfile>"),0)<cr>
 endif
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" LocalBrowse: {{{2
+" LocalBrowse: invokes netrw#LocalBrowseCheck() on directory buffers {{{2
 fun! s:LocalBrowse(dirname)
-  " unfortunate interaction -- debugging calls can't be used here;
-  " the BufEnter event causes triggering when attempts to write to
+  " Unfortunate interaction -- only DechoMsg debugging calls can be safely used here.
+  " Otherwise, the BufEnter event gets triggered when attempts to write to
   " the DBG buffer are made.
+  
   if !exists("s:vimentered")
+   " If s:vimentered doesn't exist, then the VimEnter event hasn't fired.  It will,
+   " and so s:VimEnter() will then be calling this routine, but this time with s:vimentered defined.
+"   call Dfunc("s:LocalBrowse(dirname<".a:dirname.">)  (s:vimentered doesn't exist)")
+"   call Dret("s:LocalBrowse")
    return
   endif
-"  call Decho("s:LocalBrowse(dirname<".a:dirname.">){")
-"  echomsg "dirname<".a:dirname.">"
+
+"  call Dfunc("s:LocalBrowse(dirname<".a:dirname.">)  (s:vimentered=".s:vimentered.")")
+
   if has("amiga")
    " The check against '' is made for the Amiga, where the empty
    " string is the current directory and not checking would break
    " things such as the help command.
-"   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname.">  (amiga)")
+"   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname.">  (isdirectory, amiga)")
    if a:dirname != '' && isdirectory(a:dirname)
     sil! call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(a:dirname)
+    if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt")
+     exe w:netrw_bannercnt
+    endif
    endif
+
   elseif isdirectory(a:dirname)
-"   echomsg "dirname<".dirname."> isdir"
-"   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname.">  (not amiga)")
+"   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname."> ft=".&ft."  (isdirectory, not amiga)")
+"   call Dredir("LocalBrowse ft last set: ","verbose set ft")
    sil! call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(a:dirname)
+   if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt")
+    exe w:netrw_bannercnt
+   endif
+
+  else
+   " not a directory, ignore it
+"   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname."> not a directory, ignoring...")
   endif
-  " not a directory, ignore it
-"  call Decho("|return s:LocalBrowse }")
+
+"  call Dret("s:LocalBrowse")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:VimEnter: {{{2
+" s:VimEnter: after all vim startup stuff is done, this function is called. {{{2
+"             Its purpose: to look over all windows and run s:LocalBrowse() on
+"             them, which checks if they're directories and will create a directory
+"             listing when appropriate.
+"             It also sets s:vimentered, letting s:LocalBrowse() know that s:VimEnter()
+"             has already been called.
 fun! s:VimEnter(dirname)
-"  call Decho("VimEnter(dirname<".a:dirname.">){")
+"  call Dfunc("s:VimEnter(dirname<".a:dirname.">) expand(%)<".expand("%").">")
   let curwin       = winnr()
   let s:vimentered = 1
-  windo if a:dirname != expand("%")|call s:LocalBrowse(expand("%:p"))|endif
+  windo call s:LocalBrowse(expand("%:p"))
   exe curwin."wincmd w"
-"  call Decho("|return VimEnter }")
+"  call Dret("s:VimEnter")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------

runtime/syntax/a65.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	xa 6502 cross assembler
-" Maintainer:	Clemens Kirchgatterer <clemens@thf.ath.cx>
-" Last Change:	2003 May 03
+" Maintainer:	Clemens Kirchgatterer <clemens@1541.org>
+" Last Change:	2014 Jan 05
 
 " For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
 " For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded

runtime/syntax/apache.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer: David Necas (Yeti) <yeti@physics.muni.cz>
 " License: This file can be redistribued and/or modified under the same terms
 "		as Vim itself.
-" Last Change: 2013-09-16
+" Last Change: 2014-03-04
 " Notes: Last synced with apache-2.2.3, version 1.x is no longer supported
 " TODO: see particular FIXME's scattered through the file
 "		make it really linewise?
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ syn keyword apacheDeclaration PerlRestartHandler PerlDispatchHandler
 syn keyword apacheDeclaration PerlFreshRestart PerlSendHeader
 syn keyword apacheDeclaration php_value php_flag php_admin_value php_admin_flag
 syn match apacheSection "<\/\=\(Proxy\|ProxyMatch\)[^>]*>" contains=apacheAnything
-syn keyword apacheDeclaration AllowCONNECT NoProxy ProxyBadHeader ProxyBlock ProxyDomain ProxyErrorOverride ProxyIOBufferSize ProxyMaxForwards ProxyPass ProxyPassReverse ProxyPassReverseCookieDomain ProxyPassReverseCookiePath ProxyPreserveHost ProxyReceiveBufferSize ProxyRemote ProxyRemoteMatch ProxyRequests ProxyTimeout ProxyVia
+syn keyword apacheDeclaration AllowCONNECT NoProxy ProxyBadHeader ProxyBlock ProxyDomain ProxyErrorOverride ProxyIOBufferSize ProxyMaxForwards ProxyPass ProxyPassMatch ProxyPassReverse ProxyPassReverseCookieDomain ProxyPassReverseCookiePath ProxyPreserveHost ProxyReceiveBufferSize ProxyRemote ProxyRemoteMatch ProxyRequests ProxyTimeout ProxyVia
 syn keyword apacheDeclaration RewriteBase RewriteCond RewriteEngine RewriteLock RewriteLog RewriteLogLevel RewriteMap RewriteOptions RewriteRule
 syn keyword apacheOption inherit
 syn keyword apacheDeclaration BrowserMatch BrowserMatchNoCase SetEnvIf SetEnvIfNoCase

runtime/syntax/arduino.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language:    Arduino
+" Maintainer:  Johannes Hoff <johannes@johanneshoff.com>
+" Last Change: 2011 June 3
+" License:     VIM license (:help license, replace vim by arduino.vim)
+
+" Syntax highlighting like in the Arduino IDE
+" Keywords extracted from <arduino>/build/shared/lib/keywords.txt (arduino
+" version 0021)
+
+" Thanks to Rik, Erik Nomitch, Adam Obeng and Graeme Cross for helpful feedback!
+
+" For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
+" For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
+if version < 600
+  syntax clear
+elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Read the C syntax to start with
+if version < 600
+  so <sfile>:p:h/cpp.vim
+else
+  runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
+endif
+
+syn keyword arduinoConstant HIGH LOW INPUT OUTPUT
+syn keyword arduinoConstant DEC BIN HEX OCT BYTE
+syn keyword arduinoConstant PI HALF_PI TWO_PI
+syn keyword arduinoConstant LSBFIRST MSBFIRST 
+syn keyword arduinoConstant CHANGE FALLING RISING 
+syn keyword arduinoConstant SERIAL DISPLAY
+syn keyword arduinoConstant DEFAULT EXTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL1V1 INTERNAL2V56
+
+syn keyword arduinoStdFunc abs acos asin atan atan2 ceil constrain
+syn keyword arduinoStdFunc cos degrees exp floor log
+syn keyword arduinoStdFunc map max min pow radians 
+syn keyword arduinoStdFunc round sin sq sqrt tan
+syn keyword arduinoStdFunc randomSeed random
+
+syn keyword arduinoFunc analogReference analogRead analogWrite 
+syn keyword arduinoFunc attachInterrupt detachInterrupt interrupts noInterrupts 
+syn keyword arduinoFunc lowByte highByte bitRead bitWrite bitSet bitClear
+syn keyword arduinoFunc millis micros delay delayMicroseconds 
+syn keyword arduinoFunc pinMode digitalWrite digitalRead 
+syn keyword arduinoFunc tone noTone pulseIn shiftOut 
+
+syn keyword arduinoMethod setup loop
+syn keyword arduinoMethod begin end available read flush print println write peek
+
+syn keyword arduinoType boolean byte word String 
+
+syn keyword arduinoModule Serial Serial1 Serial2 Serial3
+
+hi def link arduinoType Type
+hi def link arduinoConstant Constant
+hi def link arduinoStdFunc Function
+hi def link arduinoFunc Function
+hi def link arduinoMethod Function
+hi def link arduinoModule Identifier

runtime/syntax/asm.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Erik Wognsen <erik.wognsen@gmail.com>
 "		Previous maintainer:
 "		Kevin Dahlhausen <kdahlhaus@yahoo.com>
-" Last Change:	2012 Apr 09
+" Last Change:	2014 Feb 04
 
 " Thanks to Ori Avtalion for feedback on the comment markers!
 
@@ -93,7 +93,11 @@ syn match asmCond		"\.endif"
 syn match asmMacro		"\.macro"
 syn match asmMacro		"\.endm"
 
-syn match asmDirective		"\.[a-z][a-z]\+"
+" Assembler directives start with a '.' and may contain upper case (e.g.,
+" .ABORT), numbers (e.g., .p2align), dash (e.g., .app-file) and underscore in
+" CFI directives (e.g., .cfi_startproc). This will also match labels starting
+" with '.', including the GCC auto-generated '.L' labels.
+syn match asmDirective		"\.[A-Za-z][0-9A-Za-z-_]*"
 
 
 syn case match

runtime/syntax/bib.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	BibTeX (bibliographic database format for (La)TeX)
 " Maintainer:	Bernd Feige <Bernd.Feige@gmx.net>
 " Filenames:	*.bib
-" Last Change:	2011 Dec 25
+" Last Change:	2014 Mar 26
 
 " Thanks to those who pointed out problems with this file or supplied fixes!
 
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ syn keyword bibType contained	article book booklet conference inbook
 syn keyword bibType contained	incollection inproceedings manual
 syn keyword bibType contained	mastersthesis misc phdthesis
 syn keyword bibType contained	proceedings techreport unpublished
-syn keyword bibType contained	string
+syn keyword bibType contained	string preamble
 
 syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	address annote author booktitle chapter
 syn keyword bibEntryKw contained	crossref edition editor howpublished

runtime/syntax/c.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jul 05
+" Last Change:	2014 May 26
 
 " Quit when a (custom) syntax file was already loaded
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
@@ -322,6 +322,9 @@ if !exists("c_no_ansi") || exists("c_ansi_constants") || exists("c_gnu")
   syn keyword cConstant SEEK_CUR SEEK_END SEEK_SET
   syn keyword cConstant TMP_MAX stderr stdin stdout
   syn keyword cConstant EXIT_FAILURE EXIT_SUCCESS RAND_MAX
+  " POSIX 2001
+  syn keyword cConstant SIGBUS SIGPOLL SIGPROF SIGSYS SIGURG
+  syn keyword cConstant SIGVTALRM SIGXCPU SIGXFSZ
   " Add POSIX errors as well
   syn keyword cConstant E2BIG EACCES EAGAIN EBADF EBADMSG EBUSY
   syn keyword cConstant ECANCELED ECHILD EDEADLK EDOM EEXIST EFAULT

runtime/syntax/clean.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:		Clean
 " Author:		Pieter van Engelen <pietere@sci.kun.nl>
 " Co-Author:	Arthur van Leeuwen <arthurvl@sci.kun.nl>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jun 19 by Jurriën Stutterheim
+" Last Change:	2013 Oct 15 by Jurriën Stutterheim
 
 " For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
 " For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
@@ -31,11 +31,10 @@ syn keyword cleanIncludeKeyword contained from import as qualified
 
 " To do some Denotation Highlighting
 syn keyword cleanBoolDenot True False
-syn region  cleanStringDenot start=+"+ end=+"+
-syn match cleanCharDenot "'.'"
-syn match cleanCharsDenot "'[^'\\]*\(\\.[^'\\]\)*'" contained
-syn match cleanIntegerDenot "[+-~]\=\<\(\d\+\|0[0-7]\+\|0x[0-9A-Fa-f]\+\)\>"
-syn match cleanRealDenot "[+-~]\=\<\d\+\.\d+\(E[+-~]\=\d+\)\="
+syn region cleanStringDenot start=+"+ skip=+\(\(\\\\\)\+\|\\"\)+ end=+"+ display
+syn match cleanCharDenot "'\(\\\\\|\\'\|[^'\\]\)\+'" display
+syn match cleanIntegerDenot "[\~+-]\?\<\(\d\+\|0[0-7]\+\|0x[0-9A-Fa-f]\+\)\>" display
+syn match cleanRealDenot "[\~+-]\?\d\+\.\d\+\(E[\~+-]\?\d\+\)\?" display
 
 " To highlight the use of lists, tuples and arrays
 syn region cleanList start="\[" end="\]" contains=ALL
@@ -44,11 +43,13 @@ syn region cleanArray start="{:" end=":}" contains=ALL
 syn match cleanTuple "([^=]*,[^=]*)" contains=ALL
 
 " To do some Comment Highlighting
-syn region cleanComment start="/\*"  end="\*/" contains=cleanComment
-syn match cleanComment "//.*"
+syn region cleanComment start="/\*"  end="\*/" contains=cleanComment,cleanTodo fold
+syn region cleanComment start="//.*" end="$" display contains=cleanTodo
+syn keyword cleanTodo TODO FIXME XXX contained
+
+" Now for some useful type definition recognition
+syn match cleanFuncTypeDef "\([a-zA-Z].*\|(\=[-~@#$%^?!+*<>\/|&=:]\+)\=\)\s*\(infix[lr]\=\)\=\s*\d\=\s*::.*->.*" contains=cleanSpecial,cleanBasicType,cleanSpecialType,cleanKeyword
 
-" Now for some useful typedefinitionrecognition
-syn match cleanFuncTypeDef "\([a-zA-Z].*\|(\=[-~@#$%^?!+*<>\/|&=:]\+)\=\)[ \t]*\(infix[lr]\=\)\=[ \t]*\d\=[ \t]*::.*->.*" contains=cleanSpecial
 
 " Define the default highlighting.
 " For version 5.7 and earlier: only when not done already
@@ -64,7 +65,6 @@ if version >= 508 || !exists("did_clean_syntax_init")
    " Comments
    HiLink cleanComment      Comment
    " Constants and denotations
-   HiLink cleanCharsDenot   String
    HiLink cleanStringDenot  String
    HiLink cleanCharDenot    Character
    HiLink cleanIntegerDenot Number
@@ -91,6 +91,7 @@ if version >= 508 || !exists("did_clean_syntax_init")
    HiLink cleanTuple		Special
    " Error
    " Todo
+   HiLink cleanTodo         Todo
 
   delcommand HiLink
 endif

runtime/syntax/cpp.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	C++
 " Current Maintainer:	vim-jp (https://github.com/vim-jp/cpp-vim)
 " Previous Maintainer:	Ken Shan <ccshan@post.harvard.edu>
-" Last Change:	2012 Jun 14
+" Last Change:	2014 May 14
 
 " For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
 " For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ if !exists("cpp_no_cpp11")
   syn keyword cppExceptions	noexcept
   syn keyword cppStorageClass	constexpr decltype
   syn keyword cppConstant	nullptr
+  syn region cppRawString       matchgroup=cppRawDelimiter start=+\%(u8\|[uLU]\)\=R"\z([[:alnum:]_{}[\]#<>%:;.?*\+\-/\^&|~!=,"']\{,16}\)(+ end=+)\z1"+ contains=@Spell
 endif
 
 " The minimum and maximum operators in GNU C++
@@ -62,6 +63,8 @@ if version >= 508 || !exists("did_cpp_syntax_inits")
   HiLink cppStructure		Structure
   HiLink cppBoolean		Boolean
   HiLink cppConstant		Constant
+  HiLink cppRawDelimiter	Delimiter
+  HiLink cppRawString		String
   delcommand HiLink
 endif
 

runtime/syntax/css.vim

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 "               Nikolai Weibull (Add CSS2 support)
 " Maintainer:   Jules Wang      <w.jq0722@gmail.com>
 " URL:          https://github.com/JulesWang/css.vim
-" Last Change:  2013 Aug 28
+" Last Change:  2013 Nov.27
 
 " For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
 " For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
@@ -21,9 +21,6 @@ elseif exists("b:current_syntax") && b:current_syntax == "css"
   finish
 endif
 
-" Required for cssHacks
-setlocal iskeyword-=_
-
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
@@ -61,7 +58,8 @@ syn match cssSelectorOp2 "[~|^$*]\?=" contained
 syn region cssAttributeSelector matchgroup=cssSelectorOp start="\[" end="]" contains=cssUnicodeEscape,cssSelectorOp2,cssStringQ,cssStringQQ
 
 " .class and #id
-syn match cssClassName "\.[A-Za-z][A-Za-z0-9_-]\+"
+syn match cssClassName "\.[A-Za-z][A-Za-z0-9_-]\+" contains=cssClassNameDot
+syn match cssClassNameDot contained '\.'
 
 try
 syn match cssIdentifier "#[A-Za-z<>-<2D>_@][A-Za-z<>-<2D>0-9_@-]*"
@@ -78,39 +76,42 @@ syn match cssValueTime contained "+\=\d\+\(\.\d*\)\=\(ms\|s\)" contains=cssUnitD
 syn match cssValueFrequency contained "+\=\d\+\(\.\d*\)\=\(Hz\|kHz\)" contains=cssUnitDecorators
 
 
+syn match cssIncludeKeyword /@\(-[a-z]+-\)\=\(media\|keyframes\|import\|charset\|namespace\|page\)/ contained
 " @media
-syn match cssMedia "@media\>"  nextgroup=cssMediaType,cssMediaFeature,cssMediaBlock,cssMediaComma,cssMediaKeyword2 skipwhite skipnl
-syn keyword cssMediaType contained screen print aural braille embossed handheld projection tty tv all contained skipwhite skipnl nextgroup=cssMediaFeature,cssMediaBlock
-syn match cssMediaFeature /\(and\)\=\s*(.\{-})/ contained skipwhite skipnl contains=cssMediaProp,cssValueLength,cssMediaKeyword,cssValueInteger,cssMediaAttr,cssVendor nextgroup=cssMediaFeature,cssMediaBlock,cssMediaComma
-syn keyword cssMediaKeyword and contained
-syn keyword cssMediaKeyword2 only not contained nextgroup=cssMediaType skipwhite skipnl
-
+syn region cssInclude start=/@media\>/ end=/\ze{/ skipwhite skipnl contains=cssMediaProp,cssValueLength,cssMediaKeyword,cssValueInteger,cssMediaAttr,cssVendor,cssMediaType,cssIncludeKeyword,cssMediaComma,cssComment nextgroup=cssMediaBlock
+syn keyword cssMediaType contained screen print aural braille embossed handheld projection tty tv speech all contained skipwhite skipnl
+syn keyword cssMediaKeyword only not and contained
 syn region cssMediaBlock transparent matchgroup=cssBraces start='{' end='}' contains=css.*Attr,css.*Prop,cssComment,cssValue.*,cssColor,cssURL,cssImportant,cssError,cssStringQ,cssStringQQ,cssFunction,cssUnicodeEscape,cssVendor,cssDefinition,cssTagName,cssClassName,cssIdentifier,cssPseudoClass,cssSelectorOp,cssSelectorOp2,cssAttributeSelector fold
-syn match cssMediaComma "," nextgroup=cssMediaType,cssMediaKeyword2 skipwhite skipnl contained
+syn match cssMediaComma "," skipwhite skipnl contained
 
 " Reference: http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-mediaqueries/
-syn keyword cssMediaProp contained width height orientation monochrome scan grid
+syn keyword cssMediaProp contained width height orientation scan grid
 syn match cssMediaProp contained /\(\(device\)-\)\=aspect-ratio/
 syn match cssMediaProp contained /\(\(max\|min\)-\)\=device-pixel-ratio/
 syn match cssMediaProp contained /\(\(max\|min\)-\)\=device-\(height\|width\)/
-syn match cssMediaProp contained /\(\(max\|min\)-\)\=\(height\|width\|resolution\|color\(-index\)\=\)/
+syn match cssMediaProp contained /\(\(max\|min\)-\)\=\(height\|width\|resolution\|monochrome\|color\(-index\)\=\)/
 syn keyword cssMediaAttr contained portrait landscape progressive interlace
 
 " @page
-syn match cssPage "@page\>"  nextgroup=cssPagePseudo,cssDefinition  skipwhite skipnl
-syn match cssPagePseudo /:\(left\|right\|first\|\)/ nextgroup=cssDefinition contained skipwhite skipnl
-syn match cssPageHeaderProp /@\(\(top\|left\|right\|bottom\)-\(left\|center\|right\|middle\|bottom\)\)\(-corner\)\=/ contained
-syn keyword cssPageProp content size contained
+" http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-page/
+syn match cssPage "@page\>[^{]*{\@=" contains=cssPagePseudo,cssIncludeKeyword nextgroup=cssPageWrap transparent skipwhite skipnl
+syn match cssPagePseudo /:\(left\|right\|first\|blank\)/ contained skipwhite skipnl
+syn region cssPageWrap contained transparent matchgroup=cssBraces start="{" end="}" contains=cssPageMargin,cssPageProp,cssAttrRegion,css.*Prop,cssComment,cssValue.*,cssColor,cssURL,cssImportant,cssError,cssStringQ,cssStringQQ,cssFunction,cssUnicodeEscape,cssVendor,cssDefinition,cssHacks
+syn match cssPageMargin /@\(\(top\|left\|right\|bottom\)-\(left\|center\|right\|middle\|bottom\)\)\(-corner\)\=/ contained nextgroup=cssDefinition skipwhite skipnl
+syn keyword cssPageProp contained content size
+" http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS2/page.html#break-inside
+syn keyword cssPageProp contained orphans widows
 
 " @keyframe
-syn match cssKeyFrame "@\(-.*-\)\=keyframes\>\(\s*\<\S*\>\)\="  nextgroup=cssKeyFrameBlock contains=cssVendor skipwhite skipnl
-syn region cssKeyFrameBlock contained transparent matchgroup=cssBraces start="{" end="}" contains=cssKeyFrameSelector,cssDefinition
-syn match cssKeyFrameSelector /\(\d*%\|from\|to\)\=/  contained skipwhite skipnl
+" http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-animations/#keyframes
+syn match cssKeyFrame "@\(-[a-z]+-\)\=keyframes\>[^{]*{\@=" nextgroup=cssKeyFrameWrap contains=cssVendor,cssIncludeKeyword skipwhite skipnl transparent
+syn region cssKeyFrameWrap contained transparent matchgroup=cssBraces start="{" end="}" contains=cssKeyFrameSelector
+syn match cssKeyFrameSelector /\(\d*%\|from\|to\)\=/  contained skipwhite skipnl nextgroup=cssDefinition
 
 " @import
-syn region cssInclude start=/@import\>/ end=/\ze;/ contains=cssComment,cssURL,cssUnicodeEscape,cssMediaType,cssStringQ,cssStringQQ
-syn region cssInclude start=/@charset\>/ end=/\ze;/ contains=cssStringQ,cssStringQQ,cssUnicodeEscape,cssComment
-syn region cssInclude start=/@namespace\>/ end=/\ze;/ contains=cssStringQ,cssStringQQ,cssUnicodeEscape,cssComment
+syn region cssInclude start=/@import\>/    end=/\ze;/ transparent contains=cssStringQ,cssStringQQ,cssUnicodeEscape,cssComment,cssIncludeKeyword,cssURL,cssMediaProp,cssValueLength,cssMediaKeyword,cssValueInteger,cssMediaAttr,cssVendor,cssMediaType
+syn region cssInclude start=/@charset\>/   end=/\ze;/ transparent contains=cssStringQ,cssStringQQ,cssUnicodeEscape,cssComment,cssIncludeKeyword
+syn region cssInclude start=/@namespace\>/ end=/\ze;/ transparent contains=cssStringQ,cssStringQQ,cssUnicodeEscape,cssComment,cssIncludeKeyword
 
 " @font-face
 " http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-fonts/#at-font-face-rule
@@ -184,7 +185,7 @@ syn keyword cssCommonAttr contained top bottom center stretch hidden visible
 "------------------------------------------------
 " CSS Animations
 " http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-animations/
-syn match cssAnimationProp contained "\<animation\(-\(delay\|direction\|duration\|fill-mode\|name\|play-state\|timing-function\)\)\=\>"
+syn match cssAnimationProp contained "\<animation\(-\(delay\|direction\|duration\|fill-mode\|name\|play-state\|timing-function\|iteration-count\)\)\=\>"
 
 " animation-direction attributes
 syn keyword cssAnimationAttr contained alternate reverse
@@ -220,7 +221,7 @@ syn match cssBorderProp contained "\<box-decoration-break\>"
 syn match cssBorderProp contained "\<box-shadow\>"
 
 " border-image attributes
-syn keyword cssBorderAttr contained stretch repeat round space fill
+syn keyword cssBorderAttr contained stretch round space fill
 
 " border-style attributes
 syn keyword cssBorderAttr contained dotted dashed solid double groove ridge inset outset
@@ -235,7 +236,7 @@ syn keyword cssBorderAttr contained clone slice
 syn match cssBoxProp contained "\<padding\(-\(top\|right\|bottom\|left\)\)\=\>"
 syn match cssBoxProp contained "\<margin\(-\(top\|right\|bottom\|left\)\)\=\>"
 syn match cssBoxProp contained "\<overflow\(-\(x\|y\|style\)\)\=\>"
-syn match cssBoxProp contained "\<rotation\(-point\)=\>"
+syn match cssBoxProp contained "\<rotation\(-point\)\=\>"
 syn keyword cssBoxAttr contained visible hidden scroll auto
 syn match cssBoxAttr contained "\<no-\(display\|content\)\>"
 
@@ -294,13 +295,26 @@ syn keyword cssFontAttr contained bold bolder lighter
 syn match cssFontProp contained "\<font-smooth\>"
 syn match cssFontAttr contained "\<\(subpixel-\)\=\antialiased\>"
 
+
+" CSS Multi-column Layout Module
+" http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-multicol/
+syn match cssMultiColumnProp contained "\<break-\(after\|before\|inside\)\>"
+syn match cssMultiColumnProp contained "\<column-\(count\|fill\|gap\|rule\(-\(color\|style\|width\)\)\=\|span\|width\)\>"
+syn keyword cssMultiColumnProp contained columns
+syn keyword cssMultiColumnAttr contained balance medium
+syn keyword cssMultiColumnAttr contained always avoid left right page column
+syn match cssMultiColumnAttr contained "\<avoid-\(page\|column\)\>"
+
+" http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-break/#page-break
+syn match cssMultiColumnProp contained "\<page\(-break-\(before\|after\|inside\)\)\=\>"
+
+" TODO find following items in w3c docs.
 syn keyword cssGeneratedContentProp contained quotes crop
 syn match cssGeneratedContentProp contained "\<counter-\(reset\|increment\)\>"
 syn match cssGeneratedContentProp contained "\<move-to\>"
 syn match cssGeneratedContentProp contained "\<page-policy\>"
 syn match cssGeneratedContentAttr contained "\<\(no-\)\=\(open\|close\)-quote\>"
 
-
 syn match cssGridProp contained "\<grid-\(columns\|rows\)\>"
 
 syn match cssHyerlinkProp contained "\<target\(-\(name\|new\|position\)\)\=\>"
@@ -312,8 +326,6 @@ syn match cssListAttr contained "\<\(decimal\(-leading-zero\)\=\|cjk-ideographic
 syn keyword cssListAttr contained disc circle square hebrew armenian georgian
 syn keyword cssListAttr contained inside outside
 
-syn match cssMultiColumnProp contained "\<column\(-\(\break-\(after\|before\)\|count\|gap\|rule\(-\(color\|style\|width\)\)\=\)\|span\|width\)\=\>"
-
 syn keyword cssPositioningProp contained bottom clear clip display float left
 syn keyword cssPositioningProp contained position right top visibility
 syn match cssPositioningProp contained "\<z-index\>"
@@ -324,8 +336,6 @@ syn match cssPositioningAttr contained "\<list-item\>"
 syn match cssPositioningAttr contained "\<inline\(-\(block\|box\|table\)\)\=\>"
 syn keyword cssPositioningAttr contained static relative absolute fixed
 
-syn match cssPrintProp contained "\<page\(-break-\(before\|after\|inside\)\)\=\>"
-syn keyword cssPrintProp contained orphans widows
 syn keyword cssPrintAttr contained landscape portrait crop cross always avoid
 
 syn match cssTableProp contained "\<\(caption-side\|table-layout\|border-collapse\|border-spacing\|empty-cells\)\>"
@@ -399,7 +409,7 @@ syn keyword cssUIAttr contained both horizontal vertical
 syn match cssUIProp contained "\<text-overflow\>"
 syn keyword cssUIAttr contained clip ellipsis
 
-" Already highlighted Props:  font content
+" Already highlighted Props: font content
 "------------------------------------------------
 " Webkit/iOS specific attributes
 syn match cssUIAttr contained '\(preserve-3d\)'
@@ -458,11 +468,11 @@ syn match cssPseudoClassId contained  "\<\(input-\)\=placeholder\>"
 
 
 " Comment
-syn region cssComment start="/\*" end="\*/" contains=@Spell
+syn region cssComment start="/\*" end="\*/" contains=@Spell fold
 
 syn match cssUnicodeEscape "\\\x\{1,6}\s\?"
-syn match cssSpecialCharQQ +\\"+ contained
-syn match cssSpecialCharQ +\\'+ contained
+syn match cssSpecialCharQQ +\\\\\|\\"+ contained
+syn match cssSpecialCharQ +\\\\\|\\'+ contained
 syn region cssStringQQ start=+"+ skip=+\\\\\|\\"+ end=+"+ contains=cssUnicodeEscape,cssSpecialCharQQ
 syn region cssStringQ start=+'+ skip=+\\\\\|\\'+ end=+'+ contains=cssUnicodeEscape,cssSpecialCharQ
 
@@ -483,11 +493,11 @@ syntax match cssNoise contained /\(:\|;\|\/\)/
 
 " Attr Enhance
 " Some keywords are both Prop and Attr, so we have to handle them
-syn region cssAttrRegion start=/:/ end=/;/ contained keepend contains=css.*Attr,cssColor,cssImportant,cssValue.*,cssFunction,cssString.*,cssURL,cssComment,cssUnicodeEscape,cssVendor,cssError,cssTransitionHackProp,cssAttrComma,cssNoise
+syn region cssAttrRegion start=/:/ end=/;/ contained keepend contains=css.*Attr,cssColor,cssImportant,cssValue.*,cssFunction,cssString.*,cssURL,cssComment,cssUnicodeEscape,cssVendor,cssError,cssAttrComma,cssNoise
 
 " Hack for transition
 " The 'transition' Prop has Props after ':'.
-syn region cssAttrRegion start=/transition\s*:/ end=/;/ contained keepend contains=css.*Prop,css.*Attr,cssColor,cssImportant,cssValue.*,cssFunction,cssString.*,cssURL,cssComment,cssUnicodeEscape,cssVendor,cssError,cssTransitionHackProp,cssAttrComma,cssNoise
+syn region cssAttrRegion start=/transition\s*:/ end=/;/ contained keepend contains=css.*Prop,css.*Attr,cssColor,cssImportant,cssValue.*,cssFunction,cssString.*,cssURL,cssComment,cssUnicodeEscape,cssVendor,cssError,cssAttrComma,cssNoise
 
 
 if main_syntax == "css"
@@ -593,28 +603,26 @@ if version >= 508 || !exists("did_css_syn_inits")
   HiLink cssColor Constant
   HiLink cssIdentifier Function
   HiLink cssInclude Include
+  HiLink cssIncludeKeyword atKeyword
   HiLink cssImportant Special
   HiLink cssBraces Function
   HiLink cssBraceError Error
   HiLink cssError Error
-  HiLink cssInclude Include
   HiLink cssUnicodeEscape Special
   HiLink cssStringQQ String
   HiLink cssStringQ String
   HiLink cssAttributeSelector String
-  HiLink cssMedia Special
+  HiLink cssMedia atKeyword
   HiLink cssMediaType Special
   HiLink cssMediaComma Normal
-  HiLink cssMediaFeature Normal
   HiLink cssMediaKeyword Statement
-  HiLink cssMediaKeyword2 Statement
   HiLink cssMediaProp cssProp
   HiLink cssMediaAttr cssAttr
-  HiLink cssPage Special
+  HiLink cssPage atKeyword
   HiLink cssPagePseudo PreProc
-  HiLink cssPageHeaderProp PreProc
+  HiLink cssPageMargin atKeyword
   HiLink cssPageProp cssProp
-  HiLink cssKeyFrame Special
+  HiLink cssKeyFrame atKeyword
   HiLink cssKeyFrameSelector Constant
   HiLink cssFontDescriptor Special
   HiLink cssFontDescriptorFunction Constant
@@ -622,10 +630,12 @@ if version >= 508 || !exists("did_css_syn_inits")
   HiLink cssFontDescriptorAttr cssAttr
   HiLink cssUnicodeRange Constant
   HiLink cssClassName Function
+  HiLink cssClassNameDot Function
   HiLink cssProp StorageClass
   HiLink cssAttr Constant
   HiLink cssUnitDecorators Number
   HiLink cssNoise Noise
+  HiLink atKeyword Comment
   delcommand HiLink
 endif
 

runtime/syntax/d.vim

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 "
 " Language:     D
 " Maintainer:   Jesse Phillips <Jesse.K.Phillips+D@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:  2013 May 21
-" Version:      0.25
+" Last Change:  2013 October 5
+" Version:      0.26
 "
 " Contributors:
 "   - Jason Mills: original Maintainer
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ syn match dStatement    "\<__traits\s*([_a-zA-Z][_a-zA-Z0-9]*\>"he=s+8 contains=
 
 " Pragma Statement
 syn match dPragma       "\<pragma\>"
-syn match dPragma       "\<pragma\s*([_a-zA-Z][_a-zA-Z0-9]*\>"he=s+8 contains=dPragmaIdentifier
+syn match dPragma       "\<pragma\s*([_a-zA-Z][_a-zA-Z0-9]*\>"he=s+6 contains=dPragmaIdentifier
 
 " Necessary to highlight C++ in extern modifiers.
 syn match dExternIdentifier "C\(++\)\?" contained
@@ -168,16 +168,18 @@ syn match dExternal     "\<extern\>"
 syn match dExtern       "\<extern\s*([_a-zA-Z][_a-zA-Z0-9\+]*\>"he=s+6 contains=dExternIdentifier
 
 " Make import a region to prevent highlighting keywords
-syn region dImport start="import" end=";" contains=dExternal,@dComment
+syn region dImport start="import\_s" end=";" contains=dExternal,@dComment
 
 " Make module a region to prevent highlighting keywords
-syn region dImport start="module" end=";" contains=dExternal,@dComment
+syn region dImport start="module\_s" end=";" contains=dExternal,@dComment
 
 " dTokens is used by the token string highlighting
 syn cluster dTokens contains=dExternal,dConditional,dBranch,dRepeat,dBoolean
 syn cluster dTokens add=dConstant,dTypedef,dStructure,dOperator,dOpOverload
 syn cluster dTokens add=dType,dDebug,dExceptions,dScopeDecl,dStatement
 syn cluster dTokens add=dStorageClass,dPragma,dAssert,dAnnotation,dEnum
+syn cluster dTokens add=dParenString,dBrackString,dAngleString,dCurlyString
+syn cluster dTokens add=dTokenString,dDelimString,dHereString
 
 " Create a match for parameter lists to identify storage class
 syn region paramlist start="(" end=")" contains=@dTokens
@@ -192,6 +194,9 @@ syn cluster dTokens add=dUserLabel,dLabel
 
 " Comments
 "
+syn match	dCommentError	display "\*/"
+syn match	dNestedCommentError	display "+/"
+
 syn keyword dTodo                                                                contained TODO FIXME TEMP REFACTOR REVIEW HACK BUG XXX
 syn match dCommentStar	contained "^\s*\*[^/]"me=e-1
 syn match dCommentStar	contained "^\s*\*$"
@@ -201,15 +206,12 @@ if exists("d_comment_strings")
   syn region dBlockCommentString	contained start=+"+ end=+"+ end=+\*/+me=s-1,he=s-1 contains=dCommentStar,dUnicode,dEscSequence,@Spell
   syn region dNestedCommentString	contained start=+"+ end=+"+ end="+"me=s-1,he=s-1 contains=dCommentPlus,dUnicode,dEscSequence,@Spell
   syn region dLineCommentString		contained start=+"+ end=+$\|"+ contains=dUnicode,dEscSequence,@Spell
-  syn region dBlockComment	start="/\*"  end="\*/" contains=dBlockCommentString,dTodo,@Spell fold
-  syn region dNestedComment	start="/+"  end="+/" contains=dNestedComment,dNestedCommentString,dTodo,@Spell fold
-  syn match  dLineComment	"//.*" contains=dLineCommentString,dTodo,@Spell
-else
-  syn region dBlockComment	start="/\*"  end="\*/" contains=dBlockCommentString,dTodo,@Spell fold
-  syn region dNestedComment	start="/+"  end="+/" contains=dNestedComment,dNestedCommentString,dTodo,@Spell fold
-  syn match  dLineComment	"//.*" contains=dLineCommentString,dTodo,@Spell
 endif
 
+syn region dBlockComment	start="/\*"  end="\*/" contains=dBlockCommentString,dTodo,dCommentStartError,@Spell fold
+syn region dNestedComment	start="/+"  end="+/" contains=dNestedComment,dNestedCommentString,dTodo,@Spell fold
+syn match  dLineComment	"//.*" contains=dLineCommentString,dTodo,@Spell
+
 hi link dLineCommentString	dBlockCommentString
 hi link dBlockCommentString	dString
 hi link dNestedCommentString	dString
@@ -249,7 +251,7 @@ syn region dRawString	start=+`+ end=+`[cwd]\=+ contains=@Spell
 syn region dRawString	start=+r"+ end=+"[cwd]\=+ contains=@Spell
 syn region dHexString	start=+x"+ end=+"[cwd]\=+ contains=@Spell
 syn region dDelimString	start=+q"\z(.\)+ end=+\z1"+ contains=@Spell
-syn region dHereString	start=+q"\z(\I\i*\)\n+ end=+\n\z1"+ contains=@Spell
+syn region dHereString	start=+q"\z(\I\i*\)\n+ end=+^\z1"+ contains=@Spell
 
 " Nesting delimited string contents
 "
@@ -368,6 +370,9 @@ hi def link dType                Type
 hi def link dLineComment         Comment
 hi def link dBlockComment        Comment
 hi def link dNestedComment       Comment
+hi def link dCommentError        Error
+hi def link dNestedCommentError  Error
+hi def link dCommentStartError   Error
 hi def link dExternal            Include
 hi def link dAnnotation          PreProc
 hi def link dSharpBang           PreProc

runtime/syntax/datascript.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	Datascript
 " Maintainer:	Dominique Pelle <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
+" Last Change:	2014 Feb 26
 "
 " DataScript is a formal language for modelling binary datatypes,
 " bitstreams or file formats. For more information, see:
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 syn keyword dsPackage      import package
-syn keyword dsType         bit string
-syn keyword dsType         int8 int16 int32 int64
+syn keyword dsType         bit bool string
+syn keyword dsType         int int8 int16 int32 int64
 syn keyword dsType         uint8 uint16 uint32 uint64
 syn keyword dsType         leint16 leint32 leint64
 syn keyword dsType         leuint16 leuint32 leuint64
@@ -25,13 +25,14 @@ syn keyword dsEndian       little big
 syn keyword dsAlign        align
 syn keyword dsLabel        case default
 syn keyword dsConditional  if condition
-syn keyword dsCompound     union choice on enum bitmask subtype
+syn keyword dsBoolean      true false
+syn keyword dsCompound     union choice on enum bitmask subtype explicit
 syn keyword dsKeyword      function return
 syn keyword dsOperator     sizeof bitsizeof lengthof is sum forall in
 syn keyword dsStorageClass const
 syn keyword dsTodo         contained TODO FIXME XXX
-syn keyword dsSql          sql sql_table sql_database sql_pragma
-syn keyword dsSql          sql_integer sql_metadata sql_key
+syn keyword dsSql          sql sql_table sql_database sql_pragma sql_index
+syn keyword dsSql          sql_integer sql_metadata sql_key foreign_key
 
 " dsCommentGroup allows adding matches for special things in comments.
 syn cluster dsCommentGroup  contains=dsTodo
@@ -70,6 +71,7 @@ hi def link dsOffset            Label
 hi def link dsSql               PreProc
 hi def link dsCompound          Structure
 hi def link dsConditional       Conditional
+hi def link dsBoolean           Boolean
 hi def link dsKeyword           Statement
 hi def link dsString            String
 hi def link dsNumber            Number

runtime/syntax/debchangelog.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:  Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
 " Former Maintainers: Gerfried Fuchs <alfie@ist.org>
 "                     Wichert Akkerman <wakkerma@debian.org>
-" Last Change: 2013 May 05
+" Last Change: 2014 Jan 20
 " URL: http://anonscm.debian.org/hg/pkg-vim/vim/raw-file/unstable/runtime/syntax/debchangelog.vim
 
 " Standard syntax initialization
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ syn case ignore
 " Define some common expressions we can use later on
 syn match debchangelogName	contained "^[[:alnum:]][[:alnum:].+-]\+ "
 syn match debchangelogUrgency	contained "; urgency=\(low\|medium\|high\|critical\|emergency\)\( \S.*\)\="
-syn match debchangelogTarget	contained "\v %(frozen|unstable|%(testing|%(old)=stable)%(-proposed-updates|-security)=|experimental|squeeze-%(backports%(-sloppy)=|volatile)|wheezy-backports|%(lucid|precise|quantal|raring|saucy)%(-%(security|proposed|updates|backports|commercial|partner))=)+"
+syn match debchangelogTarget	contained "\v %(frozen|unstable|%(testing|%(old)=stable)%(-proposed-updates|-security)=|experimental|squeeze-%(backports%(-sloppy)=|volatile)|wheezy-backports|%(lucid|precise|quantal|saucy|trusty)%(-%(security|proposed|updates|backports|commercial|partner))=)+"
 syn match debchangelogVersion	contained "(.\{-})"
 syn match debchangelogCloses	contained "closes:\_s*\(bug\)\=#\=\_s\=\d\+\(,\_s*\(bug\)\=#\=\_s\=\d\+\)*"
 syn match debchangelogLP	contained "\clp:\s\+#\d\+\(,\s*#\d\+\)*"